summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/536-h/536-h.htm
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '536-h/536-h.htm')
-rw-r--r--536-h/536-h.htm5804
1 files changed, 5804 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/536-h/536-h.htm b/536-h/536-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e189d02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/536-h/536-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,5804 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html
+ PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII" />
+<title>A Footnote to History</title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */
+<!--
+ P { margin-top: .75em;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+ }
+ H1, H2 {
+ text-align: center;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ }
+ H3, H4 {
+ text-align: left;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ }
+ BODY{margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+ .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */
+ // -->
+ /* XML end ]]>*/
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h2>
+<a href="#startoftext">A Footnote to History, by Robert Louis Stevenson</a>
+</h2>
+<pre>
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, A Footnote to History, by Robert Louis
+Stevenson
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: A Footnote to History
+ Eight Years of Trouble in Samoa
+
+
+Author: Robert Louis Stevenson
+
+Release Date: April 26, 2005 [eBook #536]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A FOOTNOTE TO HISTORY***
+</pre>
+<p><a name="startoftext"></a></p>
+<p>Transcribed from the 1912 Swanston edition by David Price, email
+ccx074@coventry.ac.uk</p>
+<h1>A FOOTNOTE TO HISTORY<br />
+EIGHT YEARS OF TROUBLE IN SAMOA<br />
+by Robert Louis Stevenson</h1>
+<h2>PREFACE</h2>
+<p>An affair which might be deemed worthy of a note of a few lines in
+any general history has been here expanded to the size of a volume or
+large pamphlet.&nbsp; The smallness of the scale, and the singularity
+of the manners and events and many of the characters, considered, it
+is hoped that, in spite of its outlandish subject, the sketch may find
+readers.&nbsp; It has been a task of difficulty.&nbsp; Speed was essential,
+or it might come too late to be of any service to a distracted country.&nbsp;
+Truth, in the midst of conflicting rumours and in the dearth of printed
+material, was often hard to ascertain, and since most of those engaged
+were of my personal acquaintance, it was often more than delicate to
+express.&nbsp; I must certainly have erred often and much; it is not
+for want of trouble taken nor of an impartial temper.&nbsp; And if my
+plain speaking shall cost me any of the friends that I still count,
+I shall be sorry, but I need not be ashamed.</p>
+<p>In one particular the spelling of Samoan words has been altered;
+and the characteristic nasal <i>n</i> of the language written throughout
+<i>ng</i> instead of <i>g</i>.&nbsp; Thus I put Pango-Pango, instead
+of Pago-Pago; the sound being that of soft <i>ng</i> in English, as
+in <i>singer</i>, not as in <i>finger</i>.</p>
+<p>R. L. S.<br />
+VAILIMA,<br />
+UPOLU,<br />
+SAMOA.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER I&mdash;THE ELEMENTS OF DISCORD: NATIVE</h2>
+<p>The story I have to tell is still going on as I write; the characters
+are alive and active; it is a piece of contemporary history in the most
+exact sense.&nbsp; And yet, for all its actuality and the part played
+in it by mails and telegraphs and iron war-ships, the ideas and the
+manners of the native actors date back before the Roman Empire.&nbsp;
+They are Christians, church-goers, singers of hymns at family worship,
+hardy cricketers; their books are printed in London by Spottiswoode,
+Tr&uuml;bner, or the Tract Society; but in most other points they are
+the contemporaries of our tattooed ancestors who drove their chariots
+on the wrong side of the Roman wall.&nbsp; We have passed the feudal
+system; they are not yet clear of the patriarchal.&nbsp; We are in the
+thick of the age of finance; they are in a period of communism.&nbsp;
+And this makes them hard to understand.</p>
+<p>To us, with our feudal ideas, Samoa has the first appearance of a
+land of despotism.&nbsp; An elaborate courtliness marks the race alone
+among Polynesians; terms of ceremony fly thick as oaths on board a ship;
+commoners my-lord each other when they meet&mdash;and urchins as they
+play marbles.&nbsp; And for the real noble a whole private dialect is
+set apart.&nbsp; The common names for an axe, for blood, for bamboo,
+a bamboo knife, a pig, food, entrails, and an oven are taboo in his
+presence, as the common names for a bug and for many offices and members
+of the body are taboo in the drawing-rooms of English ladies.&nbsp;
+Special words are set apart for his leg, his face, his hair, his belly,
+his eyelids, his son, his daughter, his wife, his wife&rsquo;s pregnancy,
+his wife&rsquo;s adultery, adultery with his wife, his dwelling, his
+spear, his comb, his sleep, his dreams, his anger, the mutual anger
+of several chiefs, his food, his pleasure in eating, the food and eating
+of his pigeons, his ulcers, his cough, his sickness, his recovery, his
+death, his being carried on a bier, the exhumation of his bones, and
+his skull after death.&nbsp; To address these demigods is quite a branch
+of knowledge, and he who goes to visit a high chief does well to make
+sure of the competence of his interpreter.&nbsp; To complete the picture,
+the same word signifies the watching of a virgin and the warding of
+a chief; and the same word means to cherish a chief and to fondle a
+favourite child.</p>
+<p>Men like us, full of memories of feudalism, hear of a man so addressed,
+so flattered, and we leap at once to the conclusion that he is hereditary
+and absolute.&nbsp; Hereditary he is; born of a great family, he must
+always be a man of mark; but yet his office is elective and (in a weak
+sense) is held on good behaviour.&nbsp; Compare the case of a Highland
+chief: born one of the great ones of his clan, he was sometimes appointed
+its chief officer and conventional father; was loved, and respected,
+and served, and fed, and died for implicitly, if he gave loyalty a chance;
+and yet if he sufficiently outraged clan sentiment, was liable to deposition.&nbsp;
+As to authority, the parallel is not so close.&nbsp; Doubtless the Samoan
+chief, if he be popular, wields a great influence; but it is limited.&nbsp;
+Important matters are debated in a fono, or native parliament, with
+its feasting and parade, its endless speeches and polite genealogical
+allusions.&nbsp; Debated, I say&mdash;not decided; for even a small
+minority will often strike a clan or a province impotent.&nbsp; In the
+midst of these ineffective councils the chief sits usually silent: a
+kind of a gagged audience for village orators.&nbsp; And the deliverance
+of the fono seems (for the moment) to be final.&nbsp; The absolute chiefs
+of Tahiti and Hawaii were addressed as plain John and Thomas; the chiefs
+of Samoa are surfeited with lip-honour, but the seat and extent of their
+actual authority is hard to find.</p>
+<p>It is so in the members of the state, and worse in the belly.&nbsp;
+The idea of a sovereign pervades the air; the name we have; the thing
+we are not so sure of.&nbsp; And the process of election to the chief
+power is a mystery.&nbsp; Certain provinces have in their gift certain
+high titles, or <i>names</i>, as they are called.&nbsp; These can only
+be attributed to the descendants of particular lines.&nbsp; Once granted,
+each name conveys at once the principality (whatever that be worth)
+of the province which bestows it, and counts as one suffrage towards
+the general sovereignty of Samoa.&nbsp; To be indubitable king, they
+say, or some of them say,&mdash;I find few in perfect harmony,&mdash;a
+man should resume five of these names in his own person.&nbsp; But the
+case is purely hypothetical; local jealousy forbids its occurrence.&nbsp;
+There are rival provinces, far more concerned in the prosecution of
+their rivalry than in the choice of a right man for king.&nbsp; If one
+of these shall have bestowed its name on competitor A, it will be the
+signal and the sufficient reason for the other to bestow its name on
+competitor B or C.&nbsp; The majority of Savaii and that of Aana are
+thus in perennial opposition.&nbsp; Nor is this all.&nbsp; In 1881,
+Laupepa, the present king, held the three names of Malietoa, Natoaitele,
+and Tamasoalii; Tamasese held that of Tuiaana; and Mataafa that of Tuiatua.&nbsp;
+Laupepa had thus a majority of suffrages; he held perhaps as high a
+proportion as can be hoped in these distracted islands; and he counted
+among the number the preponderant name of Malietoa.&nbsp; Here, if ever,
+was an election.&nbsp; Here, if a king were at all possible, was the
+king.&nbsp; And yet the natives were not satisfied.&nbsp; Laupepa was
+crowned, March 19th; and next month, the provinces of Aana and Atua
+met in joint parliament, and elected their own two princes, Tamasese
+and Mataafa, to an alternate monarchy, Tamasese taking the first trick
+of two years.&nbsp; War was imminent, when the consuls interfered, and
+any war were preferable to the terms of the peace which they procured.&nbsp;
+By the Lackawanna treaty, Laupepa was confirmed king, and Tamasese set
+by his side in the nondescript office of vice-king.&nbsp; The compromise
+was not, I am told, without precedent; but it lacked all appearance
+of success.&nbsp; To the constitution of Samoa, which was already all
+wheels and no horses, the consuls had added a fifth wheel.&nbsp; In
+addition to the old conundrum, &ldquo;Who is the king?&rdquo; they had
+supplied a new one, &ldquo;What is the vice-king?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Two royal lines; some cloudy idea of alternation between the two;
+an electorate in which the vote of each province is immediately effectual,
+as regards itself, so that every candidate who attains one name becomes
+a perpetual and dangerous competitor for the other four: such are a
+few of the more trenchant absurdities.&nbsp; Many argue that the whole
+idea of sovereignty is modern and imported; but it seems impossible
+that anything so foolish should have been suddenly devised, and the
+constitution bears on its front the marks of dotage.</p>
+<p>But the king, once elected and nominated, what does he become?&nbsp;
+It may be said he remains precisely as he was.&nbsp; Election to one
+of the five names is significant; it brings not only dignity but power,
+and the holder is secure, from that moment, of a certain following in
+war.&nbsp; But I cannot find that the further step of election to the
+kingship implies anything worth mention.&nbsp; The successful candidate
+is now the <i>Tupu o Samoa</i>&mdash;much good may it do him!&nbsp;
+He can so sign himself on proclamations, which it does not follow that
+any one will heed.&nbsp; He can summon parliaments; it does not follow
+they will assemble.&nbsp; If he be too flagrantly disobeyed, he can
+go to war.&nbsp; But so he could before, when he was only the chief
+of certain provinces.&nbsp; His own provinces will support him, the
+provinces of his rivals will take the field upon the other part; just
+as before.&nbsp; In so far as he is the holder of any of the five <i>names</i>,
+in short, he is a man to be reckoned with; in so far as he is king of
+Samoa, I cannot find but what the president of a college debating society
+is a far more formidable officer.&nbsp; And unfortunately, although
+the credit side of the account proves thus imaginary, the debit side
+is actual and heavy.&nbsp; For he is now set up to be the mark of consuls;
+he will be badgered to raise taxes, to make roads, to punish crime,
+to quell rebellion: and how he is to do it is not asked.</p>
+<p>If I am in the least right in my presentation of this obscure matter,
+no one need be surprised to hear that the land is full of war and rumours
+of war.&nbsp; Scarce a year goes by but what some province is in arms,
+or sits sulky and menacing, holding parliaments, disregarding the king&rsquo;s
+proclamations and planting food in the bush, the first step of military
+preparation.&nbsp; The religious sentiment of the people is indeed for
+peace at any price; no pastor can bear arms; and even the layman who
+does so is denied the sacraments.&nbsp; In the last war the college
+of M&atilde;lua, where the picked youth are prepared for the ministry,
+lost but a single student; the rest, in the bosom of a bleeding country,
+and deaf to the voices of vanity and honour, peacefully pursued their
+studies.&nbsp; But if the church looks askance on war, the warrior in
+no extremity of need or passion forgets his consideration for the church.&nbsp;
+The houses and gardens of her ministers stand safe in the midst of armies;
+a way is reserved for themselves along the beach, where they may be
+seen in their white kilts and jackets openly passing the lines, while
+not a hundred yards behind the skirmishers will be exchanging the useless
+volleys of barbaric warfare.&nbsp; Women are also respected; they are
+not fired upon; and they are suffered to pass between the hostile camps,
+exchanging gossip, spreading rumour, and divulging to either army the
+secret councils of the other.&nbsp; This is plainly no savage war; it
+has all the punctilio of the barbarian, and all his parade; feasts precede
+battles, fine dresses and songs decorate and enliven the field; and
+the young soldier comes to camp burning (on the one hand) to distinguish
+himself by acts of valour, and (on the other) to display his acquaintance
+with field etiquette.&nbsp; Thus after Mataafa became involved in hostilities
+against the Germans, and had another code to observe beside his own,
+he was always asking his white advisers if &ldquo;things were done correctly.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Let us try to be as wise as Mataafa, and to conceive that etiquette
+and morals differ in one country and another.&nbsp; We shall be the
+less surprised to find Samoan war defaced with some unpalatable customs.&nbsp;
+The childish destruction of fruit-trees in an enemy&rsquo;s country
+cripples the resources of Samoa; and the habit of head-hunting not only
+revolts foreigners, but has begun to exercise the minds of the natives
+themselves.&nbsp; Soon after the German heads were taken, Mr. Carne,
+Wesleyan missionary, had occasion to visit Mataafa&rsquo;s camp, and
+spoke of the practice with abhorrence.&nbsp; &ldquo;Misi K&atilde;ne,&rdquo;
+said one chief, &ldquo;we have just been puzzling ourselves to guess
+where that custom came from.&nbsp; But, Misi, is it not so that when
+David killed Goliath, he cut off his head and carried it before the
+king?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>With the civil life of the inhabitants we have far less to do; and
+yet even here a word of preparation is inevitable.&nbsp; They are easy,
+merry, and pleasure-loving; the gayest, though by far from either the
+most capable or the most beautiful of Polynesians.&nbsp; Fine dress
+is a passion, and makes a Samoan festival a thing of beauty.&nbsp; Song
+is almost ceaseless.&nbsp; The boatman sings at the oar, the family
+at evening worship, the girls at night in the guest-house, sometimes
+the workman at his toil.&nbsp; No occasion is too small for the poets
+and musicians; a death, a visit, the day&rsquo;s news, the day&rsquo;s
+pleasantry, will be set to rhyme and harmony.&nbsp; Even half-grown
+girls, the occasion arising, fashion words and train choruses of children
+for its celebration.&nbsp; Song, as with all Pacific islanders, goes
+hand in hand with the dance, and both shade into the drama.&nbsp; Some
+of the performances are indecent and ugly, some only dull; others are
+pretty, funny, and attractive.&nbsp; Games are popular.&nbsp; Cricket-matches,
+where a hundred played upon a side, endured at times for weeks, and
+ate up the country like the presence of an army.&nbsp; Fishing, the
+daily bath, flirtation; courtship, which is gone upon by proxy; conversation,
+which is largely political; and the delights of public oratory, fill
+in the long hours.</p>
+<p>But the special delight of the Samoan is the <i>malanga</i>.&nbsp;
+When people form a party and go from village to village, junketing and
+gossiping, they are said to go on a <i>malanga</i>.&nbsp; Their songs
+have announced their approach ere they arrive; the guest-house is prepared
+for their reception; the virgins of the village attend to prepare the
+kava bowl and entertain them with the dance; time flies in the enjoyment
+of every pleasure which an islander conceives; and when the <i>malanga</i>
+sets forth, the same welcome and the same joys expect them beyond the
+next cape, where the nearest village nestles in its grove of palms.&nbsp;
+To the visitors it is all golden; for the hosts, it has another side.&nbsp;
+In one or two words of the language the fact peeps slyly out.&nbsp;
+The same word (<i>afemoeina</i>) expresses &ldquo;a long call&rdquo;
+and &ldquo;to come as a calamity&rdquo;; the same word (<i>lesolosolou</i>)
+signifies &ldquo;to have no intermission of pain&rdquo; and &ldquo;to
+have no cessation, as in the arrival of visitors&rdquo;; and <i>soua</i>,
+used of epidemics, bears the sense of being overcome as with &ldquo;fire,
+flood, or visitors.&rdquo;&nbsp; But the gem of the dictionary is the
+verb <i>alovao</i>, which illustrates its pages like a humorous woodcut.&nbsp;
+It is used in the sense of &ldquo;to avoid visitors,&rdquo; but it means
+literally &ldquo;hide in the wood.&rdquo;&nbsp; So, by the sure hand
+of popular speech, we have the picture of the house deserted, the <i>malanga</i>
+disappointed, and the host that should have been quaking in the bush.</p>
+<p>We are thus brought to the beginning of a series of traits of manners,
+highly curious in themselves, and essential to an understanding of the
+war.&nbsp; In Samoa authority sits on the one hand entranced; on the
+other, property stands bound in the midst of chartered marauders.&nbsp;
+What property exists is vested in the family, not in the individual;
+and of the loose communism in which a family dwells, the dictionary
+may yet again help us to some idea.&nbsp; I find a string of verbs with
+the following senses: to deal leniently with, as in helping oneself
+from a family plantation; to give away without consulting other members
+of the family; to go to strangers for help instead of to relatives;
+to take from relatives without permission; to steal from relatives;
+to have plantations robbed by relatives.&nbsp; The ideal of conduct
+in the family, and some of its depravations, appear here very plainly.&nbsp;
+The man who (in a native word of praise) is <i>mata-ainga</i>, a race-regarder,
+has his hand always open to his kindred; the man who is not (in a native
+term of contempt) <i>noa</i>, knows always where to turn in any pinch
+of want or extremity of laziness.&nbsp; Beggary within the family&mdash;and
+by the less self-respecting, without it&mdash;has thus grown into a
+custom and a scourge, and the dictionary teems with evidence of its
+abuse.&nbsp; Special words signify the begging of food, of uncooked
+food, of fish, of pigs, of pigs for travellers, of pigs for stock, of
+taro, of taro-tops, of taro-tops for planting, of tools, of flyhooks,
+of implements for netting pigeons, and of mats.&nbsp; It is true the
+beggar was supposed in time to make a return, somewhat as by the Roman
+contract of <i>mutuum</i>.&nbsp; But the obligation was only moral;
+it could not be, or was not, enforced; as a matter of fact, it was disregarded.&nbsp;
+The language had recently to borrow from the Tahitians a word for debt;
+while by a significant excidence, it possessed a native expression for
+the failure to pay&mdash;&ldquo;to omit to make a return for property
+begged.&rdquo;&nbsp; Conceive now the position of the householder besieged
+by harpies, and all defence denied him by the laws of honour.&nbsp;
+The sacramental gesture of refusal, his last and single resource, was
+supposed to signify &ldquo;my house is destitute.&rdquo;&nbsp; Until
+that point was reached, in other words, the conduct prescribed for a
+Samoan was to give and to continue giving.&nbsp; But it does not appear
+he was at all expected to give with a good grace.&nbsp; The dictionary
+is well stocked with expressions standing ready, like missiles, to be
+discharged upon the locusts&mdash;&ldquo;troop of shamefaced ones,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;you draw in your head like a tern,&rdquo; &ldquo;you make your
+voice small like a whistle-pipe,&rdquo; &ldquo;you beg like one delirious&rdquo;;
+and the verb <i>pongitai</i>, &ldquo;to look cross,&rdquo; is equipped
+with the pregnant rider, &ldquo;as at the sight of beggars.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>This insolence of beggars and the weakness of proprietors can only
+be illustrated by examples.&nbsp; We have a girl in our service to whom
+we had given some finery, that she might wait at table, and (at her
+own request) some warm clothing against the cold mornings of the bush.&nbsp;
+She went on a visit to her family, and returned in an old tablecloth,
+her whole wardrobe having been divided out among relatives in the course
+of twenty-four hours.&nbsp; A pastor in the province of Atua, being
+a handy, busy man, bought a boat for a hundred dollars, fifty of which
+he paid down.&nbsp; Presently after, relatives came to him upon a visit
+and took a fancy to his new possession.&nbsp; &ldquo;We have long been
+wanting a boat,&rdquo; said they.&nbsp; &ldquo;Give us this one.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+So, when the visit was done, they departed in the boat.&nbsp; The pastor,
+meanwhile, travelled into Savaii the best way he could, sold a parcel
+of land, and begged mats among his other relatives, to pay the remainder
+of the price of the boat which was no longer his.&nbsp; You might think
+this was enough; but some months later, the harpies, having broken a
+thwart, brought back the boat to be repaired and repainted by the original
+owner.</p>
+<p>Such customs, it might be argued, being double-edged, will ultimately
+right themselves.&nbsp; But it is otherwise in practice.&nbsp; Such
+folk as the pastor&rsquo;s harpy relatives will generally have a boat,
+and will never have paid for it; such men as the pastor may have sometimes
+paid for a boat, but they will never have one.&nbsp; It is there as
+it is with us at home: the measure of the abuse of either system is
+the blackness of the individual heart.&nbsp; The same man, who would
+drive his poor relatives from his own door in England, would besiege
+in Samoa the doors of the rich; and the essence of the dishonesty in
+either case is to pursue one&rsquo;s own advantage and to be indifferent
+to the losses of one&rsquo;s neighbour.&nbsp; But the particular drawback
+of the Polynesian system is to depress and stagger industry.&nbsp; To
+work more is there only to be more pillaged; to save is impossible.&nbsp;
+The family has then made a good day of it when all are filled and nothing
+remains over for the crew of free-booters; and the injustice of the
+system begins to be recognised even in Samoa.&nbsp; One native is said
+to have amassed a certain fortune; two clever lads have individually
+expressed to us their discontent with a system which taxes industry
+to pamper idleness; and I hear that in one village of Savaii a law has
+been passed forbidding gifts under the penalty of a sharp fine.</p>
+<p>Under this economic regimen, the unpopularity of taxes, which strike
+all at the same time, which expose the industrious to a perfect siege
+of mendicancy, and the lazy to be actually condemned to a day&rsquo;s
+labour, may be imagined without words.&nbsp; It is more important to
+note the concurrent relaxation of all sense of property.&nbsp; From
+applying for help to kinsmen who are scarce permitted to refuse, it
+is but a step to taking from them (in the dictionary phrase) &ldquo;without
+permission&rdquo;; from that to theft at large is but a hair&rsquo;s-breadth.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER II&mdash;THE ELEMENTS OF DISCORD: FOREIGN</h2>
+<p>The huge majority of Samoans, like other God-fearing folk in other
+countries, are perfectly content with their own manners.&nbsp; And upon
+one condition, it is plain they might enjoy themselves far beyond the
+average of man.&nbsp; Seated in islands very rich in food, the idleness
+of the many idle would scarce matter; and the provinces might continue
+to bestow their names among rival pretenders, and fall into war and
+enjoy that a while, and drop into peace and enjoy that, in a manner
+highly to be envied.&nbsp; But the condition&mdash;that they should
+be let alone&mdash;is now no longer possible.&nbsp; More than a hundred
+years ago, and following closely on the heels of Cook, an irregular
+invasion of adventurers began to swarm about the isles of the Pacific.&nbsp;
+The seven sleepers of Polynesia stand, still but half aroused, in the
+midst of the century of competition.&nbsp; And the island races, comparable
+to a shopful of crockery launched upon the stream of time, now fall
+to make their desperate voyage among pots of brass and adamant.</p>
+<p>Apia, the port and mart, is the seat of the political sickness of
+Samoa.&nbsp; At the foot of a peaked, woody mountain, the coast makes
+a deep indent, roughly semicircular.&nbsp; In front the barrier reef
+is broken by the fresh water of the streams; if the swell be from the
+north, it enters almost without diminution; and the war-ships roll dizzily
+at their moorings, and along the fringing coral which follows the configuration
+of the beach, the surf breaks with a continuous uproar.&nbsp; In wild
+weather, as the world knows, the roads are untenable.&nbsp; Along the
+whole shore, which is everywhere green and level and overlooked by inland
+mountain-tops, the town lies drawn out in strings and clusters.&nbsp;
+The western horn is Mulinuu, the eastern, Matautu; and from one to the
+other of these extremes, I ask the reader to walk.&nbsp; He will find
+more of the history of Samoa spread before his eyes in that excursion,
+than has yet been collected in the blue-books or the white-books of
+the world.&nbsp; Mulinuu (where the walk is to begin) is a flat, wind-swept
+promontory, planted with palms, backed against a swamp of mangroves,
+and occupied by a rather miserable village.&nbsp; The reader is informed
+that this is the proper residence of the Samoan kings; he will be the
+more surprised to observe a board set up, and to read that this historic
+village is the property of the German firm.&nbsp; But these boards,
+which are among the commonest features of the landscape, may be rather
+taken to imply that the claim has been disputed.&nbsp; A little farther
+east he skirts the stores, offices, and barracks of the firm itself.&nbsp;
+Thence he will pass through Matafele, the one really town-like portion
+of this long string of villages, by German bars and stores and the German
+consulate; and reach the Catholic mission and cathedral standing by
+the mouth of a small river.&nbsp; The bridge which crosses here (bridge
+of Mulivai) is a frontier; behind is Matafele; beyond, Apia proper;
+behind, Germans are supreme; beyond, with but few exceptions, all is
+Anglo-Saxon.&nbsp; Here the reader will go forward past the stores of
+Mr. Moors (American) and Messrs. MacArthur (English); past the English
+mission, the office of the English newspaper, the English church, and
+the old American consulate, till he reaches the mouth of a larger river,
+the Vaisingano.&nbsp; Beyond, in Matautu, his way takes him in the shade
+of many trees and by scattered dwellings, and presently brings him beside
+a great range of offices, the place and the monument of a German who
+fought the German firm during his life.&nbsp; His house (now he is dead)
+remains pointed like a discharged cannon at the citadel of his old enemies.&nbsp;
+Fitly enough, it is at present leased and occupied by Englishmen.&nbsp;
+A little farther, and the reader gains the eastern flanking angle of
+the bay, where stands the pilot-house and signal-post, and whence he
+can see, on the line of the main coast of the island, the British and
+the new American consulates.</p>
+<p>The course of his walk will have been enlivened by a considerable
+to and fro of pleasure and business.&nbsp; He will have encountered
+many varieties of whites,&mdash;sailors, merchants, clerks, priests,
+Protestant missionaries in their pith helmets, and the nondescript hangers-on
+of any island beach.&nbsp; And the sailors are sometimes in considerable
+force; but not the residents.&nbsp; He will think at times there are
+more signboards than men to own them.&nbsp; It may chance it is a full
+day in the harbour; he will then have seen all manner of ships, from
+men-of-war and deep-sea packets to the labour vessels of the German
+firm and the cockboat island schooner; and if he be of an arithmetical
+turn, he may calculate that there are more whites afloat in Apia bay
+than whites ashore in the whole Archipelago.&nbsp; On the other hand,
+he will have encountered all ranks of natives, chiefs and pastors in
+their scrupulous white clothes; perhaps the king himself, attended by
+guards in uniform; smiling policemen with their pewter stars; girls,
+women, crowds of cheerful children.&nbsp; And he will have asked himself
+with some surprise where these reside.&nbsp; Here and there, in the
+back yards of European establishments, he may have had a glimpse of
+a native house elbowed in a corner; but since he left Mulinuu, none
+on the beach where islanders prefer to live, scarce one on the line
+of street.&nbsp; The handful of whites have everything; the natives
+walk in a foreign town.&nbsp; A year ago, on a knoll behind a bar-room,
+he might have observed a native house guarded by sentries and flown
+over by the standard of Samoa.&nbsp; He would then have been told it
+was the seat of government, driven (as I have to relate) over the Mulivai
+and from beyond the German town into the Anglo-Saxon.&nbsp; To-day,
+he will learn it has been carted back again to its old quarters.&nbsp;
+And he will think it significant that the king of the islands should
+be thus shuttled to and fro in his chief city at the nod of aliens.&nbsp;
+And then he will observe a feature more significant still: a house with
+some concourse of affairs, policemen and idlers hanging by, a man at
+a bank-counter overhauling manifests, perhaps a trial proceeding in
+the front verandah, or perhaps the council breaking up in knots after
+a stormy sitting.&nbsp; And he will remember that he is in the <i>Eleele
+Sa</i>, the &ldquo;Forbidden Soil,&rdquo; or Neutral Territory of the
+treaties; that the magistrate whom he has just seen trying native criminals
+is no officer of the native king&rsquo;s; and that this, the only port
+and place of business in the kingdom, collects and administers its own
+revenue for its own behoof by the hands of white councillors and under
+the supervision of white consuls.&nbsp; Let him go further afield.&nbsp;
+He will find the roads almost everywhere to cease or to be made impassable
+by native pig-fences, bridges to be quite unknown, and houses of the
+whites to become at once a rare exception.&nbsp; Set aside the German
+plantations, and the frontier is sharp.&nbsp; At the boundary of the
+<i>Eleele Sa</i>, Europe ends, Samoa begins.&nbsp; Here, then, is a
+singular state of affairs: all the money, luxury, and business of the
+kingdom centred in one place; that place excepted from the native government
+and administered by whites for whites; and the whites themselves holding
+it not in common but in hostile camps, so that it lies between them
+like a bone between two dogs, each growling, each clutching his own
+end.</p>
+<p>Should Apia ever choose a coat of arms, I have a motto ready: &ldquo;Enter
+Rumour painted full of tongues.&rdquo;&nbsp; The majority of the natives
+do extremely little; the majority of the whites are merchants with some
+four mails in the month, shopkeepers with some ten or twenty customers
+a day, and gossip is the common resource of all.&nbsp; The town hums
+to the day&rsquo;s news, and the bars are crowded with amateur politicians.&nbsp;
+Some are office-seekers, and earwig king and consul, and compass the
+fall of officials, with an eye to salary.&nbsp; Some are humorists,
+delighted with the pleasure of faction for itself.&nbsp;&nbsp; &ldquo;I
+never saw so good a place as this Apia,&rdquo; said one of these; &ldquo;you
+can be in a new conspiracy every day!&rdquo;&nbsp; Many, on the other
+hand, are sincerely concerned for the future of the country.&nbsp; The
+quarters are so close and the scale is so small, that perhaps not any
+one can be trusted always to preserve his temper.&nbsp; Every one tells
+everything he knows; that is our country sickness.&nbsp; Nearly every
+one has been betrayed at times, and told a trifle more; the way our
+sickness takes the predisposed.&nbsp; And the news flies, and the tongues
+wag, and fists are shaken.&nbsp; Pot boil and caldron bubble!</p>
+<p>Within the memory of man, the white people of Apia lay in the worst
+squalor of degradation.&nbsp; They are now unspeakably improved, both
+men and women.&nbsp; To-day they must be called a more than fairly respectable
+population, and a much more than fairly intelligent.&nbsp; The whole
+would probably not fill the ranks of even an English half-battalion,
+yet there are a surprising number above the average in sense, knowledge,
+and manners.&nbsp; The trouble (for Samoa) is that they are all here
+after a livelihood.&nbsp; Some are sharp practitioners, some are famous
+(justly or not) for foul play in business.&nbsp; Tales fly.&nbsp; One
+merchant warns you against his neighbour; the neighbour on the first
+occasion is found to return the compliment: each with a good circumstantial
+story to the proof.&nbsp; There is so much copra in the islands, and
+no more; a man&rsquo;s share of it is his share of bread; and commerce,
+like politics, is here narrowed to a focus, shows its ugly side, and
+becomes as personal as fisticuffs.&nbsp; Close at their elbows, in all
+this contention, stands the native looking on.&nbsp; Like a child, his
+true analogue, he observes, apprehends, misapprehends, and is usually
+silent.&nbsp; As in a child, a considerable intemperance of speech is
+accompanied by some power of secrecy.&nbsp; News he publishes; his thoughts
+have often to be dug for.&nbsp; He looks on at the rude career of the
+dollar-hunt, and wonders.&nbsp; He sees these men rolling in a luxury
+beyond the ambition of native kings; he hears them accused by each other
+of the meanest trickery; he knows some of them to be guilty; and what
+is he to think?&nbsp; He is strongly conscious of his own position as
+the common milk-cow; and what is he to do?&nbsp; &ldquo;Surely these
+white men on the beach are not great chiefs?&rdquo; is a common question,
+perhaps asked with some design of flattering the person questioned.&nbsp;
+And one, stung by the last incident into an unusual flow of English,
+remarked to me: &ldquo;I begin to be weary of white men on the beach.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>But the true centre of trouble, the head of the boil of which Samoa
+languishes, is the German firm.&nbsp; From the conditions of business,
+a great island house must ever be an inheritance of care; and it chances
+that the greatest still afoot has its chief seat in Apia bay, and has
+sunk the main part of its capital in the island of Upolu.&nbsp; When
+its founder, John C&aelig;sar Godeffroy, went bankrupt over Russian
+paper and Westphalian iron, his most considerable asset was found to
+be the South Sea business.&nbsp; This passed (I understand) through
+the hands of Baring Brothers in London, and is now run by a company
+rejoicing in the Gargantuan name of the <i>Deutsche Handels und Plantagen
+Gesellschaft f&uuml;r S&uuml;d-See Inseln zu Hamburg</i>.&nbsp; This
+piece of literature is (in practice) shortened to the D. H. and P. G.,
+the Old Firm, the German Firm, the Firm, and (among humorists) the Long
+Handle Firm.&nbsp; Even from the deck of an approaching ship, the island
+is seen to bear its signature&mdash;zones of cultivation showing in
+a more vivid tint of green on the dark vest of forest.&nbsp; The total
+area in use is near ten thousand acres.&nbsp; Hedges of fragrant lime
+enclose, broad avenues intersect them.&nbsp; You shall walk for hours
+in parks of palm-tree alleys, regular, like soldiers on parade; in the
+recesses of the hills you may stumble on a mill-house, toiling and trembling
+there, fathoms deep in superincumbent forest.&nbsp; On the carpet of
+clean sward, troops of horses and herds of handsome cattle may be seen
+to browse; and to one accustomed to the rough luxuriance of the tropics,
+the appearance is of fairyland.&nbsp; The managers, many of them German
+sea-captains, are enthusiastic in their new employment.&nbsp; Experiment
+is continually afoot: coffee and cacao, both of excellent quality, are
+among the more recent outputs; and from one plantation quantities of
+pineapples are sent at a particular season to the Sydney markets.&nbsp;
+A hundred and fifty thousand pounds of English money, perhaps two hundred
+thousand, lie sunk in these magnificent estates.&nbsp; In estimating
+the expense of maintenance quite a fleet of ships must be remembered,
+and a strong staff of captains, supercargoes, overseers, and clerks.&nbsp;
+These last mess together at a liberal board; the wages are high, and
+the staff is inspired with a strong and pleasing sentiment of loyalty
+to their employers.</p>
+<p>Seven or eight hundred imported men and women toil for the company
+on contracts of three or of five years, and at a hypothetical wage of
+a few dollars in the month.&nbsp; I am now on a burning question: the
+labour traffic; and I shall ask permission in this place only to touch
+it with the tongs.&nbsp; Suffice it to say that in Queensland, Fiji,
+New Caledonia, and Hawaii it has been either suppressed or placed under
+close public supervision.&nbsp; In Samoa, where it still flourishes,
+there is no regulation of which the public receives any evidence; and
+the dirty linen of the firm, if there be any dirty, and if it be ever
+washed at all, is washed in private.&nbsp; This is unfortunate, if Germans
+would believe it.&nbsp; But they have no idea of publicity, keep their
+business to themselves, rather affect to &ldquo;move in a mysterious
+way,&rdquo; and are naturally incensed by criticisms, which they consider
+hypocritical, from men who would import &ldquo;labour&rdquo; for themselves,
+if they could afford it, and would probably maltreat them if they dared.&nbsp;
+It is said the whip is very busy on some of the plantations; it is said
+that punitive extra-labour, by which the thrall&rsquo;s term of service
+is extended, has grown to be an abuse; and it is complained that, even
+where that term is out, much irregularity occurs in the repatriation
+of the discharged.&nbsp; To all this I can say nothing, good or bad.&nbsp;
+A certain number of the thralls, many of them wild negritos from the
+west, have taken to the bush, harbour there in a state partly bestial,
+or creep into the back quarters of the town to do a day&rsquo;s stealthy
+labour under the nose of their proprietors.&nbsp; Twelve were arrested
+one morning in my own boys&rsquo; kitchen.&nbsp; Farther in the bush,
+huts, small patches of cultivation, and smoking ovens, have been found
+by hunters.&nbsp; There are still three runaways in the woods of Tutuila,
+whither they escaped upon a raft.&nbsp; And the Samoans regard these
+dark-skinned rangers with extreme alarm; the fourth refugee in Tutuila
+was shot down (as I was told in that island) while carrying off the
+virgin of a village; and tales of cannibalism run round the country,
+and the natives shudder about the evening fire.&nbsp; For the Samoans
+are not cannibals, do not seem to remember when they were, and regard
+the practice with a disfavour equal to our own.</p>
+<p>The firm is Gulliver among the Lilliputs; and it must not be forgotten,
+that while the small, independent traders are fighting for their own
+hand, and inflamed with the usual jealousy against corporations, the
+Germans are inspired with a sense of the greatness of their affairs
+and interests.&nbsp; The thought of the money sunk, the sight of these
+costly and beautiful plantations, menaced yearly by the returning forest,
+and the responsibility of administering with one hand so many conjunct
+fortunes, might well nerve the manager of such a company for desperate
+and questionable deeds.&nbsp; Upon this scale, commercial sharpness
+has an air of patriotism; and I can imagine the man, so far from haggling
+over the scourge for a few Solomon islanders, prepared to oppress rival
+firms, overthrow inconvenient monarchs, and let loose the dogs of war.&nbsp;
+Whatever he may decide, he will not want for backing.&nbsp; Every clerk
+will be eager to be up and strike a blow; and most Germans in the group,
+whatever they may babble of the firm over the walnuts and the wine,
+will rally round the national concern at the approach of difficulty.&nbsp;
+They are so few&mdash;I am ashamed to give their number, it were to
+challenge contradiction&mdash;they are so few, and the amount of national
+capital buried at their feet is so vast, that we must not wonder if
+they seem oppressed with greatness and the sense of empire.&nbsp; Other
+whites take part in our brabbles, while temper holds out, with a certain
+schoolboy entertainment.&nbsp; In the Germans alone, no trace of humour
+is to be observed, and their solemnity is accompanied by a touchiness
+often beyond belief.&nbsp; Patriotism flies in arms about a hen; and
+if you comment upon the colour of a Dutch umbrella, you have cast a
+stone against the German Emperor.&nbsp; I give one instance, typical
+although extreme.&nbsp; One who had returned from Tutuila on the mail
+cutter complained of the vermin with which she is infested.&nbsp; He
+was suddenly and sharply brought to a stand.&nbsp; The ship of which
+he spoke, he was reminded, was a German ship.</p>
+<p>John C&aelig;sar Godeffroy himself had never visited the islands;
+his sons and nephews came, indeed, but scarcely to reap laurels; and
+the mainspring and headpiece of this great concern, until death took
+him, was a certain remarkable man of the name of Theodor Weber.&nbsp;
+He was of an artful and commanding character; in the smallest thing
+or the greatest, without fear or scruple; equally able to affect, equally
+ready to adopt, the most engaging politeness or the most imperious airs
+of domination.&nbsp; It was he who did most damage to rival traders;
+it was he who most harried the Samoans; and yet I never met any one,
+white or native, who did not respect his memory.&nbsp; All felt it was
+a gallant battle, and the man a great fighter; and now when he is dead,
+and the war seems to have gone against him, many can scarce remember,
+without a kind of regret, how much devotion and audacity have been spent
+in vain.&nbsp; His name still lives in the songs of Samoa.&nbsp; One,
+that I have heard, tells of <i>Misi Ueba</i> and a biscuit-box&mdash;the
+suggesting incident being long since forgotten.&nbsp; Another sings
+plaintively how all things, land and food and property, pass progressively,
+as by a law of nature, into the hands of <i>Misi Ueba</i>, and soon
+nothing will be left for Samoans.&nbsp; This is an epitaph the man would
+have enjoyed.</p>
+<p>At one period of his career, Weber combined the offices of director
+of the firm and consul for the City of Hamburg.&nbsp; No question but
+he then drove very hard.&nbsp; Germans admit that the combination was
+unfortunate; and it was a German who procured its overthrow.&nbsp; Captain
+Zembsch superseded him with an imperial appointment, one still remembered
+in Samoa as &ldquo;the gentleman who acted justly.&rdquo;&nbsp; There
+was no house to be found, and the new consul must take up his quarters
+at first under the same roof with Weber.&nbsp; On several questions,
+in which the firm was vitally interested, Zembsch embraced the contrary
+opinion.&nbsp; Riding one day with an Englishman in Vailele plantation,
+he was startled by a burst of screaming, leaped from the saddle, ran
+round a house, and found an overseer beating one of the thralls.&nbsp;
+He punished the overseer, and, being a kindly and perhaps not a very
+diplomatic man, talked high of what he felt and what he might consider
+it his duty to forbid or to enforce.&nbsp; The firm began to look askance
+at such a consul; and worse was behind.&nbsp; A number of deeds being
+brought to the consulate for registration, Zembsch detected certain
+transfers of land in which the date, the boundaries, the measure, and
+the consideration were all blank.&nbsp; He refused them with an indignation
+which he does not seem to have been able to keep to himself; and, whether
+or not by his fault, some of these unfortunate documents became public.&nbsp;
+It was plain that the relations between the two flanks of the German
+invasion, the diplomatic and the commercial, were strained to bursting.&nbsp;
+But Weber was a man ill to conquer.&nbsp; Zembsch was recalled; and
+from that time forth, whether through influence at home, or by the solicitations
+of Weber on the spot, the German consulate has shown itself very apt
+to play the game of the German firm.&nbsp; That game, we may say, was
+twofold,&mdash;the first part even praiseworthy, the second at least
+natural.&nbsp; On the one part, they desired an efficient native administration,
+to open up the country and punish crime; they wished, on the other,
+to extend their own provinces and to curtail the dealings of their rivals.&nbsp;
+In the first, they had the jealous and diffident sympathy of all whites;
+in the second, they had all whites banded together against them for
+their lives and livelihoods.&nbsp; It was thus a game of <i>Beggar my
+Neighbour</i> between a large merchant and some small ones.&nbsp; Had
+it so remained, it would still have been a cut-throat quarrel.&nbsp;
+But when the consulate appeared to be concerned, when the war-ships
+of the German Empire were thought to fetch and carry for the firm, the
+rage of the independent traders broke beyond restraint.&nbsp; And, largely
+from the national touchiness and the intemperate speech of German clerks,
+this scramble among dollar-hunters assumed the appearance of an inter-racial
+war.</p>
+<p>The firm, with the indomitable Weber at its head and the consulate
+at its back&mdash;there has been the chief enemy at Samoa.&nbsp; No
+English reader can fail to be reminded of John Company; and if the Germans
+appear to have been not so successful, we can only wonder that our own
+blunders and brutalities were less severely punished.&nbsp; Even on
+the field of Samoa, though German faults and aggressors make up the
+burthen of my story, they have been nowise alone.&nbsp; Three nations
+were engaged in this infinitesimal affray, and not one appears with
+credit.&nbsp; They figure but as the three ruffians of the elder play-wrights.&nbsp;
+The United States have the cleanest hands, and even theirs are not immaculate.&nbsp;
+It was an ambiguous business when a private American adventurer was
+landed with his pieces of artillery from an American war-ship, and became
+prime minister to the king.&nbsp; It is true (even if he were ever really
+supported) that he was soon dropped and had soon sold himself for money
+to the German firm.&nbsp; I will leave it to the reader whether this
+trait dignifies or not the wretched story.&nbsp; And the end of it spattered
+the credit alike of England and the States, when this man (the premier
+of a friendly sovereign) was kidnapped and deported, on the requisition
+of an American consul, by the captain of an English war-ship.&nbsp;
+I shall have to tell, as I proceed, of villages shelled on very trifling
+grounds by Germans; the like has been done of late years, though in
+a better quarrel, by ourselves of England.&nbsp; I shall have to tell
+how the Germans landed and shed blood at Fangalii; it was only in 1876
+that we British had our own misconceived little massacre at Mulinuu.&nbsp;
+I shall have to tell how the Germans bludgeoned Malietoa with a sudden
+call for money; it was something of the suddenest that Sir Arthur Gordon
+himself, smarting under a sensible public affront, made and enforced
+a somewhat similar demand.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER III&mdash;THE SORROWS OF LAUPEPA, 1883 TO 1887</h2>
+<p>You ride in a German plantation and see no bush, no soul stirring;
+only acres of empty sward, miles of cocoa-nut alley: a desert of food.&nbsp;
+In the eyes of the Samoan the place has the attraction of a park for
+the holiday schoolboy, of a granary for mice.&nbsp; We must add the
+yet more lively allurement of a haunted house, for over these empty
+and silent miles there broods the fear of the negrito cannibal.&nbsp;
+For the Samoan besides, there is something barbaric, unhandsome, and
+absurd in the idea of thus growing food only to send it from the land
+and sell it.&nbsp; A man at home who should turn all Yorkshire into
+one wheatfield, and annually burn his harvest on the altar of Mumbo-Jumbo,
+might impress ourselves not much otherwise.&nbsp; And the firm which
+does these things is quite extraneous, a wen that might be excised to-morrow
+without loss but to itself; few natives drawing from it so much as day&rsquo;s
+wages; and the rest beholding in it only the occupier of their acres.&nbsp;
+The nearest villages have suffered most; they see over the hedge the
+lands of their ancestors waving with useless cocoa-palms; and the sales
+were often questionable, and must still more often appear so to regretful
+natives, spinning and improving yarns about the evening lamp.&nbsp;
+At the worst, then, to help oneself from the plantation will seem to
+a Samoan very like orchard-breaking to the British schoolboy; at the
+best, it will be thought a gallant Robin-Hoodish readjustment of a public
+wrong.</p>
+<p>And there is more behind.&nbsp; Not only is theft from the plantations
+regarded rather as a lark and peccadillo, the idea of theft in itself
+is not very clearly present to these communists; and as to the punishment
+of crime in general, a great gulf of opinion divides the natives from
+ourselves.&nbsp; Indigenous punishments were short and sharp.&nbsp;
+Death, deportation by the primitive method of setting the criminal to
+sea in a canoe, fines, and in Samoa itself the penalty of publicly biting
+a hot, ill-smelling root, comparable to a rough forfeit in a children&rsquo;s
+game&mdash;these are approved.&nbsp; The offender is killed, or punished
+and forgiven.&nbsp; We, on the other hand, harbour malice for a period
+of years: continuous shame attaches to the criminal; even when he is
+doing his best&mdash;even when he is submitting to the worst form of
+torture, regular work&mdash;he is to stand aside from life and from
+his family in dreadful isolation.&nbsp; These ideas most Polynesians
+have accepted in appearance, as they accept other ideas of the whites;
+in practice, they reduce it to a farce.&nbsp; I have heard the French
+resident in the Marquesas in talk with the French gaoler of Tai-o-hae:
+&ldquo;<i>Eh bien, o&ugrave; sont vos prisonni&egrave;res</i>?&mdash;<i>Je
+crois, mon commandant, qu&rsquo;elles sont all&eacute;es quelque part
+faire une visite</i>.&rdquo;&nbsp; And the ladies would be welcome.&nbsp;
+This is to take the most savage of Polynesians; take some of the most
+civilised.&nbsp; In Honolulu, convicts labour on the highways in piebald
+clothing, gruesome and ridiculous; and it is a common sight to see the
+family of such an one troop out, about the dinner hour, wreathed with
+flowers and in their holiday best, to picnic with their kinsman on the
+public wayside.&nbsp; The application of these outlandish penalties,
+in fact, transfers the sympathy to the offender.&nbsp; Remember, besides,
+that the clan system, and that imperfect idea of justice which is its
+worst feature, are still lively in Samoa; that it is held the duty of
+a judge to favour kinsmen, of a king to protect his vassals; and the
+difficulty of getting a plantation thief first caught, then convicted,
+and last of all punished, will appear.</p>
+<p>During the early &rsquo;eighties, the Germans looked upon this system
+with growing irritation.&nbsp; They might see their convict thrust in
+gaol by the front door; they could never tell how soon he was enfranchised
+by the back; and they need not be the least surprised if they met him,
+a few days after, enjoying the delights of a <i>malanga</i>.&nbsp; It
+was a banded conspiracy, from the king and the vice-king downward, to
+evade the law and deprive the Germans of their profits.&nbsp; In 1883,
+accordingly, the consul, Dr. Stuebel, extorted a convention on the subject,
+in terms of which Samoans convicted of offences against German subjects
+were to be confined in a private gaol belonging to the German firm.&nbsp;
+To Dr. Stuebel it seemed simple enough: the offenders were to be effectually
+punished, the sufferers partially indemnified.&nbsp; To the Samoans,
+the thing appeared no less simple, but quite different: &ldquo;Malietoa
+was selling Samoans to Misi Ueba.&rdquo;&nbsp; What else could be expected?&nbsp;
+Here was a private corporation engaged in making money; to it was delegated,
+upon a question of profit and loss, one of the functions of the Samoan
+crown; and those who make anomalies must look for comments.&nbsp; Public
+feeling ran unanimous and high.&nbsp; Prisoners who escaped from the
+private gaol were not recaptured or not returned and Malietoa hastened
+to build a new prison of his own, whither he conveyed, or pretended
+to convey, the fugitives.&nbsp; In October 1885 a trenchant state paper
+issued from the German consulate.&nbsp; Twenty prisoners, the consul
+wrote, had now been at large for eight months from Weber&rsquo;s prison.&nbsp;
+It was pretended they had since then completed their term of punishment
+elsewhere.&nbsp; Dr. Stuebel did not seek to conceal his incredulity;
+but he took ground beyond; he declared the point irrelevant.&nbsp; The
+law was to be enforced.&nbsp; The men were condemned to a certain period
+in Weber&rsquo;s prison; they had run away; they must now be brought
+back and (whatever had become of them in the interval) work out the
+sentence.&nbsp; Doubtless Dr. Stuebel&rsquo;s demands were substantially
+just; but doubtless also they bore from the outside a great appearance
+of harshness; and when the king submitted, the murmurs of the people
+increased.</p>
+<p>But Weber was not yet content.&nbsp; The law had to be enforced;
+property, or at least the property of the firm, must be respected.&nbsp;
+And during an absence of the consul&rsquo;s, he seems to have drawn
+up with his own hand, and certainly first showed to the king, in his
+own house, a new convention.&nbsp; Weber here and Weber there.&nbsp;
+As an able man, he was perhaps in the right to prepare and propose conventions.&nbsp;
+As the head of a trading company, he seems far out of his part to be
+communicating state papers to a sovereign.&nbsp; The administration
+of justice was the colour, and I am willing to believe the purpose,
+of the new paper; but its effect was to depose the existing government.&nbsp;
+A council of two Germans and two Samoans were to be invested with the
+right to make laws and impose taxes as might be &ldquo;desirable for
+the common interest of the Samoan government and the German residents.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+The provisions of this council the king and vice-king were to sign blindfold.&nbsp;
+And by a last hardship, the Germans, who received all the benefit, reserved
+a right to recede from the agreement on six months&rsquo; notice; the
+Samoans, who suffered all the loss, were bound by it in perpetuity.&nbsp;
+I can never believe that my friend Dr. Stuebel had a hand in drafting
+these proposals; I am only surprised he should have been a party to
+enforcing them, perhaps the chief error in these islands of a man who
+has made few.&nbsp; And they were enforced with a rigour that seems
+injudicious.&nbsp; The Samoans (according to their own account) were
+denied a copy of the document; they were certainly rated and threatened;
+their deliberation was treated as contumacy; two German war-ships lay
+in port, and it was hinted that these would shortly intervene.</p>
+<p>Succeed in frightening a child, and he takes refuge in duplicity.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Malietoa,&rdquo; one of the chiefs had written, &ldquo;we know
+well we are in bondage to the great governments.&rdquo;&nbsp; It was
+now thought one tyrant might be better than three, and any one preferable
+to Germany.&nbsp; On the 5th November 1885, accordingly, Laupepa, Tamasese,
+and forty-eight high chiefs met in secret, and the supremacy of Samoa
+was secretly offered to Great Britain for the second time in history.&nbsp;
+Laupepa and Tamasese still figured as king and vice-king in the eyes
+of Dr. Stuebel; in their own, they had secretly abdicated, were become
+private persons, and might do what they pleased without binding or dishonouring
+their country.&nbsp; On the morrow, accordingly, they did public humiliation
+in the dust before the consulate, and five days later signed the convention.&nbsp;
+The last was done, it is claimed, upon an impulse.&nbsp; The humiliation,
+which it appeared to the Samoans so great a thing to offer, to the practical
+mind of Dr. Stuebel seemed a trifle to receive; and the pressure was
+continued and increased.&nbsp; Laupepa and Tamasese were both heavy,
+well-meaning, inconclusive men.&nbsp; Laupepa, educated for the ministry,
+still bears some marks of it in character and appearance; Tamasese was
+in private of an amorous and sentimental turn, but no one would have
+guessed it from his solemn and dull countenance.&nbsp; Impossible to
+conceive two less dashing champions for a threatened race; and there
+is no doubt they were reduced to the extremity of muddlement and childish
+fear.&nbsp; It was drawing towards night on the 10th, when this luckless
+pair and a chief of the name of Tuiatafu, set out for the German consulate,
+still minded to temporise.&nbsp; As they went, they discussed their
+case with agitation.&nbsp; They could see the lights of the German war-ships
+as they walked&mdash;an eloquent reminder.&nbsp; And it was then that
+Tamasese proposed to sign the convention.&nbsp; &ldquo;It will give
+us peace for the day,&rdquo; said Laupepa, &ldquo;and afterwards Great
+Britain must decide.&rdquo;&mdash;&ldquo;Better fight Germany than that!&rdquo;
+cried Tuiatafu, speaking words of wisdom, and departed in anger.&nbsp;
+But the two others proceeded on their fatal errand; signed the convention,
+writing themselves king and vice-king, as they now believed themselves
+to be no longer; and with childish perfidy took part in a scene of &ldquo;reconciliation&rdquo;
+at the German consulate.</p>
+<p>Malietoa supposed himself betrayed by Tamasese.&nbsp; Consul Churchward
+states with precision that the document was sold by a scribe for thirty-six
+dollars.&nbsp; Twelve days later at least, November 22nd, the text of
+the address to Great Britain came into the hands of Dr. Stuebel.&nbsp;
+The Germans may have been wrong before; they were now in the right to
+be angry.&nbsp; They had been publicly, solemnly, and elaborately fooled;
+the treaty and the reconciliation were both fraudulent, with the broad,
+farcical fraudulency of children and barbarians.&nbsp; This history
+is much from the outside; it is the digested report of eye-witnesses;
+it can be rarely corrected from state papers; and as to what consuls
+felt and thought, or what instructions they acted under, I must still
+be silent or proceed by guess.&nbsp; It is my guess that Stuebel now
+decided Malietoa Laupepa to be a man impossible to trust and unworthy
+to be dealt with.&nbsp; And it is certain that the business of his deposition
+was put in hand at once.&nbsp; The position of Weber, with his knowledge
+of things native, his prestige, and his enterprising intellect, must
+have always made him influential with the consul: at this juncture he
+was indispensable.&nbsp; Here was the deed to be done; here the man
+of action.&nbsp; &ldquo;Mr. Weber rested not,&rdquo; says Laupepa.&nbsp;
+It was &ldquo;like the old days of his own consulate,&rdquo; writes
+Churchward.&nbsp; His messengers filled the isle; his house was thronged
+with chiefs and orators; he sat close over his loom, delightedly weaving
+the future.&nbsp; There was one thing requisite to the intrigue,&mdash;a
+native pretender; and the very man, you would have said, stood waiting:
+Mataafa, titular of Atua, descended from both the royal lines, late
+joint king with Tamasese, fobbed off with nothing in the time of the
+Lackawanna treaty, probably mortified by the circumstance, a chief with
+a strong following, and in character and capacity high above the native
+average.&nbsp; Yet when Weber&rsquo;s spiriting was done, and the curtain
+rose on the set scene of the coronation, Mataafa was absent, and Tamasese
+stood in his place.&nbsp; Malietoa was to be deposed for a piece of
+solemn and offensive trickery, and the man selected to replace him was
+his sole partner and accomplice in the act.&nbsp; For so strange a choice,
+good ground must have existed; but it remains conjectural: some supposing
+Mataafa scratched as too independent; others that Tamasese had indeed
+betrayed Laupepa, and his new advancement was the price of his treachery.</p>
+<p>So these two chiefs began to change places like the scales of a balance,
+one down, the other up.&nbsp; Tamasese raised his flag (Jan. 28th, 1886)
+in Leulumoenga, chief place of his own province of Aana, usurped the
+style of king, and began to collect and arm a force.&nbsp; Weber, by
+the admission of Stuebel, was in the market supplying him with weapons;
+so were the Americans; so, but for our salutary British law, would have
+been the British; for wherever there is a sound of battle, there will
+the traders be gathered together selling arms.&nbsp; A little longer,
+and we find Tamasese visited and addressed as king and majesty by a
+German commodore.&nbsp; Meanwhile, for the unhappy Malietoa, the road
+led downward.&nbsp; He was refused a bodyguard.&nbsp; He was turned
+out of Mulinuu, the seat of his royalty, on a land claim of Weber&rsquo;s,
+fled across the Mulivai, and &ldquo;had the coolness&rdquo; (German
+expression) to hoist his flag in Apia.&nbsp; He was asked &ldquo;in
+the most polite manner,&rdquo; says the same account&mdash;&ldquo;in
+the most delicate manner in the world,&rdquo; a reader of Marryat might
+be tempted to amend the phrase,&mdash;to strike his flag in his own
+capital; and on his &ldquo;refusal to accede to this request,&rdquo;
+Dr. Stuebel appeared himself with ten men and an officer from the cruiser
+<i>Albatross</i>; a sailor climbed into the tree and brought down the
+flag of Samoa, which was carefully folded, and sent, &ldquo;in the most
+polite manner,&rdquo; to its owner.&nbsp; The consuls of England and
+the States were there (the excellent gentlemen!) to protest.&nbsp; Last,
+and yet more explicit, the German commodore who visited the be-titled
+Tamasese, addressed the king&mdash;we may surely say the late king&mdash;as
+&ldquo;the High Chief Malietoa.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Had he no party, then?&nbsp; At that time, it is probable, he might
+have called some five-sevenths of Samoa to his standard.&nbsp; And yet
+he sat there, helpless monarch, like a fowl trussed for roasting.&nbsp;
+The blame lies with himself, because he was a helpless creature; it
+lies also with England and the States.&nbsp; Their agents on the spot
+preached peace (where there was no peace, and no pretence of it) with
+eloquence and iteration.&nbsp; Secretary Bayard seems to have felt a
+call to join personally in the solemn farce, and was at the expense
+of a telegram in which he assured the sinking monarch it was &ldquo;for
+the higher interests of Samoa&rdquo; he should do nothing.&nbsp; There
+was no man better at doing that; the advice came straight home, and
+was devoutly followed.&nbsp; And to be just to the great Powers, something
+was done in Europe; a conference was called, it was agreed to send commissioners
+to Samoa, and the decks had to be hastily cleared against their visit.&nbsp;
+Dr. Stuebel had attached the municipality of Apia and hoisted the German
+war-flag over Mulinuu; the American consul (in a sudden access of good
+service) had flown the stars and stripes over Samoan colours; on either
+side these steps were solemnly retracted.&nbsp; The Germans expressly
+disowned Tamasese; and the islands fell into a period of suspense, of
+some twelve months&rsquo; duration, during which the seat of the history
+was transferred to other countries and escapes my purview.&nbsp; Here
+on the spot, I select three incidents: the arrival on the scene of a
+new actor, the visit of the Hawaiian embassy, and the riot on the Emperor&rsquo;s
+birthday.&nbsp; The rest shall be silence; only it must be borne in
+view that Tamasese all the while continued to strengthen himself in
+Leulumoenga, and Laupepa sat inactive listening to the song of consuls.</p>
+<p><i>Captain Brandeis</i>.&nbsp; The new actor was Brandeis, a Bavarian
+captain of artillery, of a romantic and adventurous character.&nbsp;
+He had served with credit in war; but soon wearied of garrison life,
+resigned his battery, came to the States, found employment as a civil
+engineer, visited Cuba, took a sub-contract on the Panama canal, caught
+the fever, and came (for the sake of the sea voyage) to Australia.&nbsp;
+He had that natural love for the tropics which lies so often latent
+in persons of a northern birth; difficulty and danger attracted him;
+and when he was picked out for secret duty, to be the hand of Germany
+in Samoa, there is no doubt but he accepted the post with exhilaration.&nbsp;
+It is doubtful if a better choice could have been made.&nbsp; He had
+courage, integrity, ideas of his own, and loved the employment, the
+people, and the place.&nbsp; Yet there was a fly in the ointment.&nbsp;
+The double error of unnecessary stealth and of the immixture of a trading
+company in political affairs, has vitiated, and in the end defeated,
+much German policy.&nbsp; And Brandeis was introduced to the islands
+as a clerk, and sent down to Leulumoenga (where he was soon drilling
+the troops and fortifying the position of the rebel king) as an agent
+of the German firm.&nbsp; What this mystification cost in the end I
+shall tell in another place; and even in the beginning, it deceived
+no one.&nbsp; Brandeis is a man of notable personal appearance; he looks
+the part allotted him; and the military clerk was soon the centre of
+observation and rumour.&nbsp; Malietoa wrote and complained of his presence
+to Becker, who had succeeded Dr. Stuebel in the consulate.&nbsp; Becker
+replied, &ldquo;I have nothing to do with the gentleman Brandeis.&nbsp;
+Be it well known that the gentleman Brandeis has no appointment in a
+military character, but resides peaceably assisting the government of
+Leulumoenga in their work, for Brandeis is a quiet, sensible gentleman.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+And then he promised to send the vice-consul to &ldquo;get information
+of the captain&rsquo;s doings&rdquo;: surely supererogation of deceit.</p>
+<p><i>The Hawaiian Embassy</i>.&nbsp; The prime minister of the Hawaiian
+kingdom was, at this period, an adventurer of the name of Gibson.&nbsp;
+He claimed, on the strength of a romantic story, to be the heir of a
+great English house.&nbsp; He had played a part in a revolt in Java,
+had languished in Dutch fetters, and had risen to be a trusted agent
+of Brigham Young, the Utah president.&nbsp; It was in this character
+of a Mormon emissary that he first came to the islands of Hawaii, where
+he collected a large sum of money for the Church of the Latter Day Saints.&nbsp;
+At a given moment, he dropped his saintship and appeared as a Christian
+and the owner of a part of the island of Lanai.&nbsp; The steps of the
+transformation are obscure; they seem, at least, to have been ill-received
+at Salt Lake; and there is evidence to the effect that he was followed
+to the islands by Mormon assassins.&nbsp; His first attempt on politics
+was made under the auspices of what is called the missionary party,
+and the canvass conducted largely (it is said with tears) on the platform
+at prayer-meetings.&nbsp; It resulted in defeat.&nbsp; Without any decency
+of delay he changed his colours, abjured the errors of reform, and,
+with the support of the Catholics, rose to the chief power.&nbsp; In
+a very brief interval he had thus run through the gamut of religions
+in the South Seas.&nbsp; It does not appear that he was any more particular
+in politics, but he was careful to consult the character and prejudices
+of the late king, Kalakaua.&nbsp; That amiable, far from unaccomplished,
+but too convivial sovereign, had a continued use for money: Gibson was
+observant to keep him well supplied.&nbsp; Kalakaua (one of the most
+theoretical of men) was filled with visionary schemes for the protection
+and development of the Polynesian race: Gibson fell in step with him;
+it is even thought he may have shared in his illusions.&nbsp; The king
+and minister at least conceived between them a scheme of island confederation&mdash;the
+most obvious fault of which was that it came too late&mdash;and armed
+and fitted out the cruiser <i>Kaimiloa</i>, nest-egg of the future navy
+of Hawaii.&nbsp; Samoa, the most important group still independent,
+and one immediately threatened with aggression, was chosen for the scene
+of action.&nbsp; The Hon. John E. Bush, a half-caste Hawaiian, sailed
+(December 1887) for Apia as minister-plenipotentiary, accompanied by
+a secretary of legation, Henry F. Poor; and as soon as she was ready
+for sea, the war-ship followed in support.&nbsp; The expedition was
+futile in its course, almost tragic in result.&nbsp; The <i>Kaimiloa</i>
+was from the first a scene of disaster and dilapidation: the stores
+were sold; the crew revolted; for a great part of a night she was in
+the hands of mutineers, and the secretary lay bound upon the deck.&nbsp;
+The mission, installing itself at first with extravagance in Matautu,
+was helped at last out of the island by the advances of a private citizen.&nbsp;
+And they returned from dreams of Polynesian independence to find their
+own city in the hands of a clique of white shopkeepers, and the great
+Gibson once again in gaol.&nbsp; Yet the farce had not been quite without
+effect.&nbsp; It had encouraged the natives for the moment, and it seems
+to have ruffled permanently the temper of the Germans.&nbsp; So might
+a fly irritate C&aelig;sar.</p>
+<p>The arrival of a mission from Hawaii would scarce affect the composure
+of the courts of Europe.&nbsp; But in the eyes of Polynesians the little
+kingdom occupies a place apart.&nbsp; It is there alone that men of
+their race enjoy most of the advantages and all the pomp of independence;
+news of Hawaii and descriptions of Honolulu are grateful topics in all
+parts of the South Seas; and there is no better introduction than a
+photograph in which the bearer shall be represented in company with
+Kalakaua.&nbsp; Laupepa was, besides, sunk to the point at which an
+unfortunate begins to clutch at straws, and he received the mission
+with delight.&nbsp; Letters were exchanged between him and Kalakaua;
+a deed of confederation was signed, 17th February 1887, and the signature
+celebrated in the new house of the Hawaiian embassy with some original
+ceremonies.&nbsp; Malietoa Laupepa came, attended by his ministry, several
+hundred chiefs, two guards, and six policemen.&nbsp; Always decent,
+he withdrew at an early hour; by those that remained, all decency appears
+to have been forgotten; high chiefs were seen to dance; and day found
+the house carpeted with slumbering grandees, who must be roused, doctored
+with coffee, and sent home.&nbsp; As a first chapter in the history
+of Polynesian Confederation, it was hardly cheering, and Laupepa remarked
+to one of the embassy, with equal dignity and sense: &ldquo;If you have
+come here to teach my people to drink, I wish you had stayed away.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The Germans looked on from the first with natural irritation that
+a power of the powerlessness of Hawaii should thus profit by its undeniable
+footing in the family of nations, and send embassies, and make believe
+to have a navy, and bark and snap at the heels of the great German Empire.&nbsp;
+But Becker could not prevent the hunted Laupepa from taking refuge in
+any hole that offered, and he could afford to smile at the fantastic
+orgie in the embassy.&nbsp; It was another matter when the Hawaiians
+approached the intractable Mataafa, sitting still in his Atua government
+like Achilles in his tent, helping neither side, and (as the Germans
+suspected) keeping the eggs warm for himself.&nbsp; When the <i>Kaimiloa</i>
+steamed out of Apia on this visit, the German war-ship <i>Adler</i>
+followed at her heels; and Mataafa was no sooner set down with the embassy
+than he was summoned and ordered on board by two German officers.&nbsp;
+The step is one of those triumphs of temper which can only be admired.&nbsp;
+Mataafa is entertaining the plenipotentiary of a sovereign power in
+treaty with his own king, and the captain of a German corvette orders
+him to quit his guests.</p>
+<p>But there was worse to come.&nbsp; I gather that Tamasese was at
+the time in the sulks.&nbsp; He had doubtless been promised prompt aid
+and a prompt success; he had seen himself surreptitiously helped, privately
+ordered about, and publicly disowned; and he was still the king of nothing
+more than his own province, and already the second in command of Captain
+Brandeis.&nbsp; With the adhesion of some part of his native cabinet,
+and behind the back of his white minister, he found means to communicate
+with the Hawaiians.&nbsp; A passage on the <i>Kaimiloa</i>, a pension,
+and a home in Honolulu were the bribes proposed; and he seems to have
+been tempted.&nbsp; A day was set for a secret interview.&nbsp; Poor,
+the Hawaiian secretary, and J. D. Strong, an American painter attached
+to the embassy in the surprising quality of &ldquo;Government Artist,&rdquo;
+landed with a Samoan boat&rsquo;s-crew in Aana; and while the secretary
+hid himself, according to agreement, in the outlying home of an English
+settler, the artist (ostensibly bent on photography) entered the headquarters
+of the rebel king.&nbsp; It was a great day in Leulumoenga; three hundred
+recruits had come in, a feast was cooking; and the photographer, in
+view of the native love of being photographed, was made entirely welcome.&nbsp;
+But beneath the friendly surface all were on the alert.&nbsp; The secret
+had leaked out: Weber beheld his plans threatened in the root; Brandeis
+trembled for the possession of his slave and sovereign; and the German
+vice-consul, Mr. Sonnenschein, had been sent or summoned to the scene
+of danger.</p>
+<p>It was after dark, prayers had been said and the hymns sung through
+all the village, and Strong and the German sat together on the mats
+in the house of Tamasese, when the events began.&nbsp; Strong speaks
+German freely, a fact which he had not disclosed, and he was scarce
+more amused than embarrassed to be able to follow all the evening the
+dissension and the changing counsels of his neighbours.&nbsp; First
+the king himself was missing, and there was a false alarm that he had
+escaped and was already closeted with Poor.&nbsp; Next came certain
+intelligence that some of the ministry had run the blockade, and were
+on their way to the house of the English settler.&nbsp; Thereupon, in
+spite of some protests from Tamasese, who tried to defend the independence
+of his cabinet, Brandeis gathered a posse of warriors, marched out of
+the village, brought back the fugitives, and clapped them in the corrugated
+iron shanty which served as gaol.&nbsp; Along with these he seems to
+have seized Billy Coe, interpreter to the Hawaiians; and Poor, seeing
+his conspiracy public, burst with his boat&rsquo;s-crew into the town,
+made his way to the house of the native prime minister, and demanded
+Coe&rsquo;s release.&nbsp; Brandeis hastened to the spot, with Strong
+at his heels; and the two principals being both incensed, and Strong
+seriously alarmed for his friend&rsquo;s safety, there began among them
+a scene of great intemperance.&nbsp; At one point, when Strong suddenly
+disclosed his acquaintance with German, it attained a high style of
+comedy; at another, when a pistol was most foolishly drawn, it bordered
+on drama; and it may be said to have ended in a mixed genus, when Poor
+was finally packed into the corrugated iron gaol along with the forfeited
+ministers.&nbsp; Meanwhile the captain of his boat, Siteoni, of whom
+I shall have to tell again, had cleverly withdrawn the boat&rsquo;s-crew
+at an early stage of the quarrel.&nbsp; Among the population beyond
+Tamasese&rsquo;s marches, he collected a body of armed men, returned
+before dawn to Leulumoenga, demolished the corrugated iron gaol, and
+liberated the Hawaiian secretary and the rump of the rebel cabinet.&nbsp;
+No opposition was shown; and doubtless the rescue was connived at by
+Brandeis, who had gained his point.&nbsp; Poor had the face to complain
+the next day to Becker; but to compete with Becker in effrontery was
+labour lost.&nbsp; &ldquo;You have been repeatedly warned, Mr. Poor,
+not to expose yourself among these savages,&rdquo; said he.</p>
+<p>Not long after, the presence of the <i>Kaimiloa</i> was made <i>a
+casus belli</i> by the Germans; and the rough-and-tumble embassy withdrew,
+on borrowed money, to find their own government in hot water to the
+neck.</p>
+<p>* * * * *</p>
+<p><i>The Emperor&rsquo;s Birthday</i>.&nbsp; It is possible, and it
+is alleged, that the Germans entered into the conference with hope.&nbsp;
+But it is certain they were resolved to remain prepared for either fate.&nbsp;
+And I take the liberty of believing that Laupepa was not forgiven his
+duplicity; that, during this interval, he stood marked like a tree for
+felling; and that his conduct was daily scrutinised for further pretexts
+of offence.&nbsp; On the evening of the Emperor&rsquo;s birthday, March
+22nd, 1887, certain Germans were congregated in a public bar.&nbsp;
+The season and the place considered, it is scarce cynical to assume
+they had been drinking; nor, so much being granted, can it be thought
+exorbitant to suppose them possibly in fault for the squabble that took
+place.&nbsp; A squabble, I say; but I am willing to call it a riot.&nbsp;
+And this was the new fault of Laupepa; this it is that was described
+by a German commodore as &ldquo;the trampling upon by Malietoa of the
+German Emperor.&rdquo;&nbsp; I pass the rhetoric by to examine the point
+of liability.&nbsp; Four natives were brought to trial for this horrid
+fact: not before a native judge, but before the German magistrate of
+the tripartite municipality of Apia.&nbsp; One was acquitted, one condemned
+for theft, and two for assault.&nbsp; On appeal, not to Malietoa, but
+to the three consuls, the case was by a majority of two to one returned
+to the magistrate and (as far as I can learn) was then allowed to drop.&nbsp;
+Consul Becker himself laid the chief blame on one of the policemen of
+the municipality, a half-white of the name of Scanlon.&nbsp; Him he
+sought to have discharged, but was again baffled by his brother consuls.&nbsp;
+Where, in all this, are we to find a corner of responsibility for the
+king of Samoa?&nbsp; Scanlon, the alleged author of the outrage, was
+a half-white; as Becker was to learn to his cost, he claimed to be an
+American subject; and he was not even in the king&rsquo;s employment.&nbsp;
+Apia, the scene of the outrage, was outside the king&rsquo;s jurisdiction
+by treaty; by the choice of Germany, he was not so much as allowed to
+fly his flag there.&nbsp; And the denial of justice (if justice were
+denied) rested with the consuls of Britain and the States.</p>
+<p>But when a dog is to be beaten, any stick will serve.&nbsp; In the
+meanwhile, on the proposition of Mr. Bayard, the Washington conference
+on Samoan affairs was adjourned till autumn, so that &ldquo;the ministers
+of Germany and Great Britain might submit the protocols to their respective
+Governments.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;You propose that the conference is
+to adjourn and not to be broken up?&rdquo; asked Sir Lionel West.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;To adjourn for the reasons stated,&rdquo; replied Bayard.&nbsp;
+This was on July 26th; and, twenty-nine days later, by Wednesday the
+24th of August, Germany had practically seized Samoa.&nbsp; For this
+flagrant breach of faith one excuse is openly alleged; another whispered.&nbsp;
+It is openly alleged that Bayard had shown himself impracticable; it
+is whispered that the Hawaiian embassy was an expression of American
+intrigue, and that the Germans only did as they were done by.&nbsp;
+The sufficiency of these excuses may be left to the discretion of the
+reader.&nbsp; But, however excused, the breach of faith was public and
+express; it must have been deliberately predetermined and it was resented
+in the States as a deliberate insult.</p>
+<p>By the middle of August 1887 there were five sail of German war-ships
+in Apia bay: the <i>Bismarck</i>, of 3000 tons displacement; the <i>Carola</i>,
+the <i>Sophie</i>, and the <i>Olga</i>, all considerable ships; and
+the beautiful <i>Adler</i>, which lies there to this day, kanted on
+her beam, dismantled, scarlet with rust, the day showing through her
+ribs.&nbsp; They waited inactive, as a burglar waits till the patrol
+goes by.&nbsp; And on the 23rd, when the mail had left for Sydney, when
+the eyes of the world were withdrawn, and Samoa plunged again for a
+period of weeks into her original island-obscurity, Becker opened his
+guns.&nbsp; The policy was too cunning to seem dignified; it gave to
+conduct which would otherwise have seemed bold and even brutally straightforward,
+the appearance of a timid ambuscade; and helped to shake men&rsquo;s
+reliance on the word of Germany.&nbsp; On the day named, an ultimatum
+reached Malietoa at Afenga, whither he had retired months before to
+avoid friction.&nbsp; A fine of one thousand dollars and an <i>ifo</i>,
+or public humiliation, were demanded for the affair of the Emperor&rsquo;s
+birthday.&nbsp; Twelve thousand dollars were to be &ldquo;paid quickly&rdquo;
+for thefts from German plantations in the course of the last four years.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;It is my opinion that there is nothing just or correct in Samoa
+while you are at the head of the government,&rdquo; concluded Becker.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;I shall be at Afenga in the morning of to-morrow, Wednesday,
+at 11 A.M.&rdquo;&nbsp; The blow fell on Laupepa (in his own expression)
+&ldquo;out of the bush&rdquo;; the dilatory fellow had seen things hang
+over so long, he had perhaps begun to suppose they might hang over for
+ever; and here was ruin at the door.&nbsp; He rode at once to Apia,
+and summoned his chiefs.&nbsp; The council lasted all night long.&nbsp;
+Many voices were for defiance.&nbsp; But Laupepa had grown inured to
+a policy of procrastination; and the answer ultimately drawn only begged
+for delay till Saturday, the 27th.&nbsp; So soon as it was signed, the
+king took horse and fled in the early morning to Afenga; the council
+hastily dispersed; and only three chiefs, Selu, Seumanu, and Le M&atilde;mea,
+remained by the government building, tremulously expectant of the result.</p>
+<p>By seven the letter was received.&nbsp; By 7.30 Becker arrived in
+person, inquired for Laupepa, was evasively answered, and declared war
+on the spot.&nbsp; Before eight, the Germans (seven hundred men and
+six guns) came ashore and seized and hoisted German colours on the government
+building.&nbsp; The three chiefs had made good haste to escape; but
+a considerable booty was made of government papers, fire-arms, and some
+seventeen thousand cartridges.&nbsp; Then followed a scene which long
+rankled in the minds of the white inhabitants, when the German marines
+raided the town in search of Malietoa, burst into private houses, and
+were accused (I am willing to believe on slender grounds) of violence
+to private persons.</p>
+<p>On the morrow, the 25th, one of the German war-ships, which had been
+despatched to Leulumoenga over night re-entered the bay, flying the
+Tamasese colours at the fore.&nbsp; The new king was given a royal salute
+of twenty-one guns, marched through the town by the commodore and a
+German guard of honour, and established on Mulinuu with two or three
+hundred warriors.&nbsp; Becker announced his recognition to the other
+consuls.&nbsp; These replied by proclaiming Malietoa, and in the usual
+mealy-mouthed manner advised Samoans to do nothing.&nbsp; On the 27th
+martial law was declared; and on the 1st September the German squadron
+dispersed about the group, bearing along with them the proclamations
+of the new king.&nbsp; Tamasese was now a great man, to have five iron
+war-ships for his post-runners.&nbsp; But the moment was critical.&nbsp;
+The revolution had to be explained, the chiefs persuaded to assemble
+at a fono summoned for the 15th; and the ships carried not only a store
+of printed documents, but a squad of Tamasese orators upon their round.</p>
+<p>Such was the German <i>coup d&rsquo;&eacute;tat</i>.&nbsp; They had
+declared war with a squadron of five ships upon a single man; that man,
+late king of the group, was in hiding on the mountains; and their own
+nominee, backed by German guns and bayonets, sat in his stead in Mulinuu.</p>
+<p>One of the first acts of Malietoa, on fleeing to the bush, was to
+send for Mataafa twice: &ldquo;I am alone in the bush; if you do not
+come quickly you will find me bound.&rdquo;&nbsp; It is to be understood
+the men were near kinsmen, and had (if they had nothing else) a common
+jealousy.&nbsp; At the urgent cry, Mataafa set forth from Falef&aacute;,
+and came to Mulinuu to Tamasese.&nbsp; &ldquo;What is this that you
+and the German commodore have decided on doing?&rdquo; he inquired.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;I am going to obey the German consul,&rdquo; replied Tamasese,
+&ldquo;whose wish it is that I should be the king and that all Samoa
+should assemble here.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Do not pursue in wrath against
+Malietoa,&rdquo; said Mataafa &ldquo;but try to bring about a compromise,
+and form a united government.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Very well,&rdquo;
+said Tamasese, &ldquo;leave it to me, and I will try.&rdquo;&nbsp; From
+Mulinuu, Mataafa went on board the <i>Bismarck</i>, and was graciously
+received.&nbsp; &ldquo;Probably,&rdquo; said the commodore, &ldquo;we
+shall bring about a reconciliation of all Samoa through you&rdquo;;
+and then asked his visitor if he bore any affection to Malietoa.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said Mataafa.&nbsp; &ldquo;And to Tamasese?&rdquo;&nbsp;
+&ldquo;To him also; and if you desire the weal of Samoa, you will allow
+either him or me to bring about a reconciliation.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;If
+it were my will,&rdquo; said the commodore, &ldquo;I would do as you
+say.&nbsp; But I have no will in the matter.&nbsp; I have instructions
+from the Kaiser, and I cannot go back again from what I have been sent
+to do.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;I thought you would be commanded,&rdquo;
+said Mataafa, &ldquo;if you brought about the weal of Samoa.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+&ldquo;I will tell you,&rdquo; said the commodore.&nbsp; &ldquo;All
+shall go quietly.&nbsp; But there is one thing that must be done: Malietoa
+must be deposed.&nbsp; I will do nothing to him beyond; he will only
+be kept on board for a couple of months and be well treated, just as
+we Germans did to the French chief [Napoleon III.] some time ago, whom
+we kept a while and cared for well.&rdquo;&nbsp; Becker was no less
+explicit: war, he told Sewall, should not cease till the Germans had
+custody of Malietoa and Tamasese should be recognised.</p>
+<p>Meantime, in the Malietoa provinces, a profound impression was received.&nbsp;
+People trooped to their fugitive sovereign in the bush.&nbsp; Many natives
+in Apia brought their treasures, and stored them in the houses of white
+friends.&nbsp; The Tamasese orators were sometimes ill received.&nbsp;
+Over in Savaii, they found the village of Satupaitea deserted, save
+for a few lads at cricket.&nbsp; These they harangued, and were rewarded
+with ironical applause; and the proclamation, as soon as they had departed,
+was torn down.&nbsp; For this offence the village was ultimately burned
+by German sailors, in a very decent and orderly style, on the 3rd September.&nbsp;
+This was the dinner-bell of the fono on the 15th.&nbsp; The threat conveyed
+in the terms of the summons&mdash;&ldquo;If any government district
+does not quickly obey this direction, I will make war on that government
+district&rdquo;&mdash;was thus commented on and reinforced.&nbsp; And
+the meeting was in consequence well attended by chiefs of all parties.&nbsp;
+They found themselves unarmed among the armed warriors of Tamasese and
+the marines of the German squadron, and under the guns of five strong
+ships.&nbsp; Brandeis rose; it was his first open appearance, the German
+firm signing its revolutionary work.&nbsp; His words were few and uncompromising:
+&ldquo;Great are my thanks that the chiefs and heads of families of
+the whole of Samoa are assembled here this day.&nbsp; It is strictly
+forbidden that any discussion should take place as to whether it is
+good or not that Tamasese is king of Samoa, whether at this fono or
+at any future fono.&nbsp; I place for your signature the following:
+&lsquo;<i>We inform all the people of Samoa of what follows: (1) The
+government of Samoa has been assumed by King Tuiaana Tamasese.&nbsp;
+(2) By order of the king, it was directed that a fono should take place
+to-day, composed of the chiefs and heads of families, and we have obeyed
+the summons.&nbsp; We have signed our names under this, 15th September</i>
+1887.&rdquo;&nbsp; Needs must under all these guns; and the paper was
+signed, but not without open sullenness.&nbsp; The bearing of Mataafa
+in particular was long remembered against him by the Germans.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Do you not see the king?&rdquo; said the commodore reprovingly.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;His father was no king,&rdquo; was the bold answer.&nbsp; A bolder
+still has been printed, but this is Mataafa&rsquo;s own recollection
+of the passage.&nbsp; On the next day, the chiefs were all ordered back
+to shake hands with Tamasese.&nbsp; Again they obeyed; but again their
+attitude was menacing, and some, it is said, audibly murmured as they
+gave their hands.</p>
+<p>It is time to follow the poor Sheet of Paper (literal meaning of
+<i>Laupepa</i>), who was now to be blown so broadly over the face of
+earth.&nbsp; As soon as news reached him of the declaration of war,
+he fled from Afenga to Tanungamanono, a hamlet in the bush, about a
+mile and a half behind Apia, where he lurked some days.&nbsp; On the
+24th, Selu, his secretary, despatched to the American consul an anxious
+appeal, his majesty&rsquo;s &ldquo;cry and prayer&rdquo; in behalf of
+&ldquo;this weak people.&rdquo;&nbsp; By August 30th, the Germans had
+word of his lurking-place, surrounded the hamlet under cloud of night,
+and in the early morning burst with a force of sailors on the houses.&nbsp;
+The people fled on all sides, and were fired upon.&nbsp; One boy was
+shot in the hand, the first blood of the war.&nbsp; But the king was
+nowhere to be found; he had wandered farther, over the woody mountains,
+the backbone of the land, towards Siumu and Safata.&nbsp; Here, in a
+safe place, he built himself a town in the forest, where he received
+a continual stream of visitors and messengers.&nbsp; Day after day the
+German blue-jackets were employed in the hopeless enterprise of beating
+the forests for the fugitive; day after day they were suffered to pass
+unhurt under the guns of ambushed Samoans; day after day they returned,
+exhausted and disappointed, to Apia.&nbsp; Seumanu Tafa, high chief
+of Apia, was known to be in the forest with the king; his wife, Fatuila,
+was seized, imprisoned in the German hospital, and when it was thought
+her spirit was sufficiently reduced, brought up for cross-examination.&nbsp;
+The wise lady confined herself in answer to a single word.&nbsp; &ldquo;Is
+your husband near Apia?&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Is
+he far from Apia?&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo; &ldquo;Is he with
+the king?&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Are he and the
+king in different places?&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;&nbsp; Whereupon
+the witness was discharged.&nbsp; About the 10th of September, Laupepa
+was secretly in Apia at the American consulate with two companions.&nbsp;
+The German pickets were close set and visited by a strong patrol; and
+on his return, his party was observed and hailed and fired on by a sentry.&nbsp;
+They ran away on all fours in the dark, and so doing plumped upon another
+sentry, whom Laupepa grappled and flung in a ditch; for the Sheet of
+Paper, although infirm of character, is, like most Samoans, of an able
+body.&nbsp; The second sentry (like the first) fired after his assailants
+at random in the dark; and the two shots awoke the curiosity of Apia.&nbsp;
+On the afternoon of the 16th, the day of the hand-shakings, Suatele,
+a high chief, despatched two boys across the island with a letter.&nbsp;
+They were most of the night upon the road; it was near three in the
+morning before the sentries in the camp of Malietoa beheld their lantern
+drawing near out of the wood; but the king was at once awakened.&nbsp;
+The news was decisive and the letter peremptory; if Malietoa did not
+give himself up before ten on the morrow, he was told that great sorrows
+must befall his country.&nbsp; I have not been able to draw Laupepa
+as a hero; but he is a man of certain virtues, which the Germans had
+now given him an occasion to display.&nbsp; Without hesitation he sacrificed
+himself, penned his touching farewell to Samoa, and making more expedition
+than the messengers, passed early behind Apia to the banks of the Vaisingano.&nbsp;
+As he passed, he detached a messenger to Mataafa at the Catholic mission.&nbsp;
+Mataafa followed by the same road, and the pair met at the river-side
+and went and sat together in a house.&nbsp; All present were in tears.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Do not let us weep,&rdquo; said the talking man, Lauati.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;We have no cause for shame.&nbsp; We do not yield to Tamasese,
+but to the invincible strangers.&rdquo;&nbsp; The departing king bequeathed
+the care of his country to Mataafa; and when the latter sought to console
+him with the commodore&rsquo;s promises, he shook his head, and declared
+his assurance that he was going to a life of exile, and perhaps to death.&nbsp;
+About two o&rsquo;clock the meeting broke up; Mataafa returned to the
+Catholic mission by the back of the town; and Malietoa proceeded by
+the beach road to the German naval hospital, where he was received (as
+he owns, with perfect civility) by Brandeis.&nbsp; About three, Becker
+brought him forth again.&nbsp; As they went to the wharf, the people
+wept and clung to their departing monarch.&nbsp; A boat carried him
+on board the <i>Bismarck</i>, and he vanished from his countrymen.&nbsp;
+Yet it was long rumoured that he still lay in the harbour; and so late
+as October 7th, a boy, who had been paddling round the <i>Carola</i>,
+professed to have seen and spoken with him.&nbsp; Here again the needless
+mystery affected by the Germans bitterly disserved them.&nbsp; The uncertainty
+which thus hung over Laupepa&rsquo;s fate, kept his name continually
+in men&rsquo;s mouths.&nbsp; The words of his farewell rang in their
+ears: &ldquo;To all Samoa: On account of my great love to my country
+and my great affection to all Samoa, this is the reason that I deliver
+up my body to the German government.&nbsp; That government may do as
+they wish to me.&nbsp; The reason of this is, because I do not desire
+that the blood of Samoa shall be spilt for me again.&nbsp; But I do
+not know what is my offence which has caused their anger to me and to
+my country.&rdquo;&nbsp; And then, apostrophising the different provinces:
+&ldquo;Tuamasanga, farewell!&nbsp; Manono and family, farewell!&nbsp;
+So, also, Salafai, Tutuila, Aana, and Atua, farewell!&nbsp; If we do
+not again see one another in this world, pray that we may be again together
+above.&rdquo;&nbsp; So the sheep departed with the halo of a saint,
+and men thought of him as of some King Arthur snatched into Avilion.</p>
+<p>On board the <i>Bismarck</i>, the commodore shook hands with him,
+told him he was to be &ldquo;taken away from all the chiefs with whom
+he had been accustomed,&rdquo; and had him taken to the wardroom under
+guard.&nbsp; The next day he was sent to sea in the <i>Adler</i>.&nbsp;
+There went with him his brother Moli, one Meisake, and one Alualu, half-caste
+German, to interpret.&nbsp; He was respectfully used; he dined in the
+stern with the officers, but the boys dined &ldquo;near where the fire
+was.&rdquo;&nbsp; They come to a &ldquo;newly-formed place&rdquo; in
+Australia, where the <i>Albatross</i> was lying, and a British ship,
+which he knew to be a man-of-war &ldquo;because the officers were nicely
+dressed and wore epaulettes.&rdquo;&nbsp; Here he was transhipped, &ldquo;in
+a boat with a screen,&rdquo; which he supposed was to conceal him from
+the British ship; and on board the <i>Albatross</i> was sent below and
+told he must stay there till they had sailed.&nbsp; Later, however,
+he was allowed to come on deck, where he found they had rigged a screen
+(perhaps an awning) under which he walked, looking at &ldquo;the newly-formed
+settlement,&rdquo; and admiring a big house &ldquo;where he was sure
+the governor lived.&rdquo;&nbsp; From Australia, they sailed some time,
+and reached an anchorage where a consul-general came on board, and where
+Laupepa was only allowed on deck at night.&nbsp; He could then see the
+lights of a town with wharves; he supposes Cape Town.&nbsp; Off the
+Cameroons they anchored or lay-to, far at sea, and sent a boat ashore
+to see (he supposes) that there was no British man-of-war.&nbsp; It
+was the next morning before the boat returned, when the <i>Albatross</i>
+stood in and came to anchor near another German ship.&nbsp; Here Alualu
+came to him on deck and told him this was the place.&nbsp; &ldquo;That
+is an astonishing thing,&rdquo; said he.&nbsp; &ldquo;I thought I was
+to go to Germany, I do not know what this means; I do not know what
+will be the end of it; my heart is troubled.&rdquo;&nbsp; Whereupon
+Alualu burst into tears.&nbsp; A little after, Laupepa was called below
+to the captain and the governor.&nbsp; The last addressed him: &ldquo;This
+is my own place, a good place, a warm place.&nbsp; My house is not yet
+finished, but when it is, you shall live in one of my rooms until I
+can make a house for you.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then he was taken ashore and
+brought to a tall, iron house.&nbsp; &ldquo;This house is regulated,&rdquo;
+said the governor; &ldquo;there is no fire allowed to burn in it.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+In one part of this house, weapons of the government were hung up; there
+was a passage, and on the other side of the passage, fifty criminals
+were chained together, two and two, by the ankles.&nbsp; The windows
+were out of reach; and there was only one door, which was opened at
+six in the morning and shut again at six at night.&nbsp; All day he
+had his liberty, went to the Baptist Mission, and walked about viewing
+the negroes, who were &ldquo;like the sand on the seashore&rdquo; for
+number.&nbsp; At six they were called into the house and shut in for
+the night without beds or lights.&nbsp; &ldquo;Although they gave me
+no light,&rdquo; said he, with a smile, &ldquo;I could see I was in
+a prison.&rdquo;&nbsp; Good food was given him: biscuits, &ldquo;tea
+made with warm water,&rdquo; beef, etc.; all excellent.&nbsp; Once,
+in their walks, they spied a breadfruit tree bearing in the garden of
+an English merchant, ran back to the prison to get a shilling, and came
+and offered to purchase.&nbsp; &ldquo;I am not going to sell breadfruit
+to you people,&rdquo; said the merchant; &ldquo;come and take what you
+like.&rdquo;&nbsp; Here Malietoa interrupted himself to say it was the
+only tree bearing in the Cameroons.&nbsp; &ldquo;The governor had none,
+or he would have given it to me.&rdquo;&nbsp; On the passage from the
+Cameroons to Germany, he had great delight to see the cliffs of England.&nbsp;
+He saw &ldquo;the rocks shining in the sun, and three hours later was
+surprised to find them sunk in the heavens.&rdquo;&nbsp; He saw also
+wharves and immense buildings; perhaps Dover and its castle.&nbsp; In
+Hamburg, after breakfast, Mr. Weber, who had now finally &ldquo;ceased
+from troubling&rdquo; Samoa, came on board, and carried him ashore &ldquo;suitably&rdquo;
+in a steam launch to &ldquo;a large house of the government,&rdquo;
+where he stayed till noon.&nbsp; At noon Weber told him he was going
+to &ldquo;the place where ships are anchored that go to Samoa,&rdquo;
+and led him to &ldquo;a very magnificent house, with carriages inside
+and a wonderful roof of glass&rdquo;; to wit, the railway station.&nbsp;
+They were benighted on the train, and then went in &ldquo;something
+with a house, drawn by horses, which had windows and many decks&rdquo;;
+plainly an omnibus.&nbsp; Here (at Bremen or Bremerhaven, I believe)
+they stayed some while in &ldquo;a house of five hundred rooms&rdquo;;
+then were got on board the <i>N&uuml;rnberg</i> (as they understood)
+for Samoa, anchored in England on a Sunday, were joined <i>en route</i>
+by the famous Dr. Knappe, passed through &ldquo;a narrow passage where
+they went very slow and which was just like a river,&rdquo; and beheld
+with exhilarated curiosity that Red Sea of which they had learned so
+much in their Bibles.&nbsp; At last, &ldquo;at the hour when the fires
+burn red,&rdquo; they came to a place where was a German man-of-war.&nbsp;
+Laupepa was called, with one of the boys, on deck, when he found a German
+officer awaiting him, and a steam launch alongside, and was told he
+must now leave his brother and go elsewhere.&nbsp; &ldquo;I cannot go
+like this,&rdquo; he cried.&nbsp; &ldquo;You must let me see my brother
+and the other old men&rdquo;&mdash;a term of courtesy.&nbsp; Knappe,
+who seems always to have been good-natured, revised his orders, and
+consented not only to an interview, but to allow Moli to continue to
+accompany the king.&nbsp; So these two were carried to the man-of-war,
+and sailed many a day, still supposing themselves bound for Samoa; and
+lo! she came to a country the like of which they had never dreamed of,
+and cast anchor in the great lagoon of Jaluit; and upon that narrow
+land the exiles were set on shore.&nbsp; This was the part of his captivity
+on which he looked back with the most bitterness.&nbsp; It was the last,
+for one thing, and he was worn down with the long suspense, and terror,
+and deception.&nbsp; He could not bear the brackish water; and though
+&ldquo;the Germans were still good to him, and gave him beef and biscuit
+and tea,&rdquo; he suffered from the lack of vegetable food.</p>
+<p>Such is the narrative of this simple exile.&nbsp; I have not sought
+to correct it by extraneous testimony.&nbsp; It is not so much the facts
+that are historical, as the man&rsquo;s attitude.&nbsp; No one could
+hear this tale as he originally told it in my hearing&mdash;I think
+none can read it as here condensed and unadorned&mdash;without admiring
+the fairness and simplicity of the Samoan; and wondering at the want
+of heart&mdash;or want of humour&mdash;in so many successive civilised
+Germans, that they should have continued to surround this infant with
+the secrecy of state.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER IV&mdash;BRANDEIS</h2>
+<p><i>September &rsquo;87 to August &rsquo;88</i></p>
+<p>So Tamasese was on the throne, and Brandeis behind it; and I have
+now to deal with their brief and luckless reign.&nbsp; That it was the
+reign of Brandeis needs not to be argued: the policy is throughout that
+of an able, over-hasty white, with eyes and ideas.&nbsp; But it should
+be borne in mind that he had a double task, and must first lead his
+sovereign, before he could begin to drive their common subjects.&nbsp;
+Meanwhile, he himself was exposed (if all tales be true) to much dictation
+and interference, and to some &ldquo;cumbrous aid,&rdquo; from the consulate
+and the firm.&nbsp; And to one of these aids, the suppression of the
+municipality, I am inclined to attribute his ultimate failure.</p>
+<p>The white enemies of the new regimen were of two classes.&nbsp; In
+the first stood Moors and the employ&eacute;s of MacArthur, the two
+chief rivals of the firm, who saw with jealousy a clerk (or a so-called
+clerk) of their competitors advanced to the chief power.&nbsp; The second
+class, that of the officials, numbered at first exactly one.&nbsp; Wilson,
+the English acting consul, is understood to have held strict orders
+to help Germany.&nbsp; Commander Leary, of the <i>Adams</i>, the American
+captain, when he arrived, on the 16th October, and for some time after,
+seemed devoted to the German interest, and spent his days with a German
+officer, Captain Von Widersheim, who was deservedly beloved by all who
+knew him.&nbsp; There remains the American consul-general, Harold Marsh
+Sewall, a young man of high spirit and a generous disposition.&nbsp;
+He had obeyed the orders of his government with a grudge; and looked
+back on his past action with regret almost to be called repentance.&nbsp;
+From the moment of the declaration of war against Laupepa, we find him
+standing forth in bold, consistent, and sometimes rather captious opposition,
+stirring up his government at home with clear and forcible despatches,
+and on the spot grasping at every opportunity to thrust a stick into
+the German wheels.&nbsp; For some while, he and Moors fought their difficult
+battle in conjunction; in the course of which, first one, and then the
+other, paid a visit home to reason with the authorities at Washington;
+and during the consul&rsquo;s absence, there was found an American clerk
+in Apia, William Blacklock, to perform the duties of the office with
+remarkable ability and courage.&nbsp; The three names just brought together,
+Sewall, Moors, and Blacklock, make the head and front of the opposition;
+if Tamasese fell, if Brandeis was driven forth, if the treaty of Berlin
+was signed, theirs is the blame or the credit.</p>
+<p>To understand the feelings of self-reproach and bitterness with which
+Sewall took the field, the reader must see Laupepa&rsquo;s letter of
+farewell to the consuls of England and America.&nbsp; It is singular
+that this far from brilliant or dignified monarch, writing in the forest,
+in heaviness of spirit and under pressure for time, should have left
+behind him not only one, but two remarkable and most effective documents.&nbsp;
+The farewell to his people was touching; the farewell to the consuls,
+for a man of the character of Sewall, must have cut like a whip.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;When the chief Tamasese and others first moved the present troubles,&rdquo;
+he wrote, &ldquo;it was my wish to punish them and put an end to the
+rebellion; but I yielded to the advice of the British and American consuls.&nbsp;
+Assistance and protection was repeatedly promised to me and my government,
+if I abstained from bringing war upon my country.&nbsp; Relying upon
+these promises, I did not put down the rebellion.&nbsp; Now I find that
+war has been made upon me by the Emperor of Germany, and Tamasese has
+been proclaimed king of Samoa.&nbsp; I desire to remind you of the promises
+so frequently made by your government, and trust that you will so far
+redeem them as to cause the lives and liberties of my chiefs and people
+to be respected.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Sewall&rsquo;s immediate adversary was, of course, Becker.&nbsp;
+I have formed an opinion of this gentleman, largely from his printed
+despatches, which I am at a loss to put in words.&nbsp; Astute, ingenious,
+capable, at moments almost witty with a kind of glacial wit in action,
+he displayed in the course of this affair every description of capacity
+but that which is alone useful and which springs from a knowledge of
+men&rsquo;s natures.&nbsp; It chanced that one of Sewall&rsquo;s early
+moves played into his hands, and he was swift to seize and to improve
+the advantage.&nbsp; The neutral territory and the tripartite municipality
+of Apia were eyesores to the German consulate and Brandeis.&nbsp; By
+landing Tamasese&rsquo;s two or three hundred warriors at Mulinuu, as
+Becker himself owns, they had infringed the treaties, and Sewall entered
+protest twice.&nbsp; There were two ways of escaping this dilemma: one
+was to withdraw the warriors; the other, by some hocus-pocus, to abrogate
+the neutrality.&nbsp; And the second had subsidiary advantages: it would
+restore the taxes of the richest district in the islands to the Samoan
+king; and it would enable them to substitute over the royal seat the
+flag of Germany for the new flag of Tamasese.&nbsp; It is true (and
+it was the subject of much remark) that these two could hardly be distinguished
+by the naked eye; but their effects were different.&nbsp; To seat the
+puppet king on German land and under German colours, so that any rebellion
+was constructive war on Germany, was a trick apparently invented by
+Becker, and which we shall find was repeated and persevered in till
+the end.</p>
+<p>Otto Martin was at this time magistrate in the municipality.&nbsp;
+The post was held in turn by the three nationalities; Martin had served
+far beyond his term, and should have been succeeded months before by
+an American.&nbsp; To make the change it was necessary to hold a meeting
+of the municipal board, consisting of the three consuls, each backed
+by an assessor.&nbsp; And for some time these meetings had been evaded
+or refused by the German consul.&nbsp; As long as it was agreed to continue
+Martin, Becker had attended regularly; as soon as Sewall indicated a
+wish for his removal, Becker tacitly suspended the municipality by refusing
+to appear.&nbsp; This policy was now the more necessary; for if the
+whole existence of the municipality were a check on the freedom of the
+new government, it was plainly less so when the power to enforce and
+punish lay in German hands.&nbsp; For some while back the Malietoa flag
+had been flown on the municipal building: Becker denies this; I am sorry;
+my information obliges me to suppose he is in error.&nbsp; Sewall, with
+post-mortem loyalty to the past, insisted that this flag should be continued.&nbsp;
+And Becker immediately made his point.&nbsp; He declared, justly enough,
+that the proposal was hostile, and argued that it was impossible he
+should attend a meeting under a flag with which his sovereign was at
+war.&nbsp; Upon one occasion of urgency, he was invited to meet the
+two other consuls at the British consulate; even this he refused; and
+for four months the municipality slumbered, Martin still in office.&nbsp;
+In the month of October, in consequence, the British and American ratepayers
+announced they would refuse to pay.&nbsp; Becker doubtless rubbed his
+hands.&nbsp; On Saturday, the 10th, the chief Tamaseu, a Malietoa man
+of substance and good character, was arrested on a charge of theft believed
+to be vexatious, and cast by Martin into the municipal prison.&nbsp;
+He sent to Moors, who was his tenant and owed him money at the time,
+for bail.&nbsp; Moors applied to Sewall, ranking consul.&nbsp; After
+some search, Martin was found and refused to consider bail before the
+Monday morning.&nbsp; Whereupon Sewall demanded the keys from the gaoler,
+accepted Moors&rsquo;s verbal recognisances, and set Tamaseu free.</p>
+<p>Things were now at a deadlock; and Becker astonished every one by
+agreeing to a meeting on the 14th.&nbsp; It seems he knew what to expect.&nbsp;
+Writing on the 13th at least, he prophesies that the meeting will be
+held in vain, that the municipality must lapse, and the government of
+Tamasese step in.&nbsp; On the 14th, Sewall left his consulate in time,
+and walked some part of the way to the place of meeting in company with
+Wilson, the English pro-consul.&nbsp; But he had forgotten a paper,
+and in an evil hour returned for it alone.&nbsp; Wilson arrived without
+him, and Becker broke up the meeting for want of a quorum.&nbsp; There
+was some unedifying disputation as to whether he had waited ten or twenty
+minutes, whether he had been officially or unofficially informed by
+Wilson that Sewall was on the way, whether the statement had been made
+to himself or to Weber <a name="citation1"></a><a href="#footnote1">{1}</a>
+in answer to a question, and whether he had heard Wilson&rsquo;s answer
+or only Weber&rsquo;s question: all otiose; if he heard the question,
+he was bound to have waited for the answer; if he heard it not, he should
+have put it himself; and it was the manifest truth that he rejoiced
+in his occasion.&nbsp; &ldquo;Sir,&rdquo; he wrote to Sewall, &ldquo;I
+have the honour to inform you that, to my regret, I am obliged to consider
+the municipal government to be provisionally in abeyance since you have
+withdrawn your consent to the continuation of Mr. Martin in his position
+as magistrate, and since you have refused to take part in the meeting
+of the municipal board agreed to for the purpose of electing a magistrate.&nbsp;
+The government of the town and district of the municipality rests, as
+long as the municipality is in abeyance, with the Samoan government.&nbsp;
+The Samoan government has taken over the administration, and has applied
+to the commander of the imperial German squadron for assistance in the
+preservation of good order.&rdquo;&nbsp; This letter was not delivered
+until 4 P.M.&nbsp; By three, sailors had been landed.&nbsp; Already
+German colours flew over Tamasese&rsquo;s headquarters at Mulinuu, and
+German guards had occupied the hospital, the German consulate, and the
+municipal gaol and court-house, where they stood to arms under the flag
+of Tamasese.&nbsp; The same day Sewall wrote to protest.&nbsp; Receiving
+no reply, he issued on the morrow a proclamation bidding all Americans
+look to himself alone.&nbsp; On the 26th, he wrote again to Becker,
+and on the 27th received this genial reply: &ldquo;Sir, your high favour
+of the 26th of this month, I give myself the honour of acknowledging.&nbsp;
+At the same time I acknowledge the receipt of your high favour of the
+14th October in reply to my communication of the same date, which contained
+the information of the suspension of the arrangements for the municipal
+government.&rdquo;&nbsp; There the correspondence ceased.&nbsp; And
+on the 18th January came the last step of this irritating intrigue when
+Tamasese appointed a judge&mdash;and the judge proved to be Martin.</p>
+<p>Thus was the adventure of the Castle Municipal achieved by Sir Becker
+the chivalrous.&nbsp; The taxes of Apia, the gaol, the police, all passed
+into the hands of Tamasese-Brandeis; a German was secured upon the bench;
+and the German flag might wave over her puppet unquestioned.&nbsp; But
+there is a law of human nature which diplomatists should be taught at
+school, and it seems they are not; that men can tolerate bare injustice,
+but not the combination of injustice and subterfuge.&nbsp; Hence the
+chequered career of the thimble-rigger.&nbsp; Had the municipality been
+seized by open force, there might have been complaint, it would not
+have aroused the same lasting grudge.</p>
+<p>This grudge was an ill gift to bring to Brandeis, who had trouble
+enough in front of him without.&nbsp; He was an alien, he was supported
+by the guns of alien war-ships, and he had come to do an alien&rsquo;s
+work, highly needful for Samoa, but essentially unpopular with all Samoans.&nbsp;
+The law to be enforced, causes of dispute between white and brown to
+be eliminated, taxes to be raised, a central power created, the country
+opened up, the native race taught industry: all these were detestable
+to the natives, and to all of these he must set his hand.&nbsp; The
+more I learn of his brief term of rule, the more I learn to admire him,
+and to wish we had his like.</p>
+<p>In the face of bitter native opposition, he got some roads accomplished.&nbsp;
+He set up beacons.&nbsp; The taxes he enforced with necessary vigour.&nbsp;
+By the 6th of January, Aua and Fangatonga, districts in Tutuila, having
+made a difficulty, Brandeis is down at the island in a schooner, with
+the <i>Adler</i> at his heels, seizes the chief Maunga, fines the recalcitrant
+districts in three hundred dollars for expenses, and orders all to be
+in by April 20th, which if it is not, &ldquo;not one thing will be done,&rdquo;
+he proclaimed, &ldquo;but war declared against you, and the principal
+chiefs taken to a distant island.&rdquo;&nbsp; He forbade mortgages
+of copra, a frequent source of trickery and quarrel; and to clear off
+those already contracted, passed a severe but salutary law.&nbsp; Each
+individual or family was first to pay off its own obligation; that settled,
+the free man was to pay for the indebted village, the free village for
+the indebted province, and one island for another.&nbsp; Samoa, he declared,
+should be free of debt within a year.&nbsp; Had he given it three years,
+and gone more gently, I believe it might have been accomplished.&nbsp;
+To make it the more possible, he sought to interdict the natives from
+buying cotton stuffs and to oblige them to dress (at least for the time)
+in their own tapa.&nbsp; He laid the beginnings of a royal territorial
+army.&nbsp; The first draft was in his hands drilling.&nbsp; But it
+was not so much on drill that he depended; it was his hope to kindle
+in these men an <i>esprit de corps</i>, which should weaken the old
+local jealousies and bonds, and found a central or national party in
+the islands.&nbsp; Looking far before, and with a wisdom beyond that
+of many merchants, he had condemned the single dependence placed on
+copra for the national livelihood.&nbsp; His recruits, even as they
+drilled, were taught to plant cacao.&nbsp; Each, his term of active
+service finished, should return to his own land and plant and cultivate
+a stipulated area.&nbsp; Thus, as the young men continued to pass through
+the army, habits of discipline and industry, a central sentiment, the
+principles of the new culture, and actual gardens of cacao, should be
+concurrently spread over the face of the islands.</p>
+<p>Tamasese received, including his household expenses, 1960 dollars
+a year; Brandeis, 2400.&nbsp; All such disproportions are regrettable,
+but this is not extreme: we have seen horses of a different colour since
+then.&nbsp; And the Tamaseseites, with true Samoan ostentation, offered
+to increase the salary of their white premier: an offer he had the wisdom
+and good feeling to refuse.&nbsp; A European chief of police received
+twelve hundred.&nbsp; There were eight head judges, one to each province,
+and appeal lay from the district judge to the provincial, thence to
+Mulinuu.&nbsp; From all salaries (I gather) a small monthly guarantee
+was withheld.&nbsp; The army was to cost from three to four thousand,
+Apia (many whites refusing to pay taxes since the suppression of the
+municipality) might cost three thousand more: Sir Becker&rsquo;s high
+feat of arms coming expensive (it will be noticed) even in money.&nbsp;
+The whole outlay was estimated at twenty-seven thousand; and the revenue
+forty thousand: a sum Samoa is well able to pay.</p>
+<p>Such were the arrangements and some of the ideas of this strong,
+ardent, and sanguine man.&nbsp; Of criticisms upon his conduct, beyond
+the general consent that he was rather harsh and in too great a hurry,
+few are articulate.&nbsp; The native paper of complaints was particularly
+childish.&nbsp; Out of twenty-three counts, the first two refer to the
+private character of Brandeis and Tamasese.&nbsp; Three complain that
+Samoan officials were kept in the dark as to the finances; one, of the
+tapa law; one, of the direct appointment of chiefs by Tamasese-Brandeis,
+the sort of mistake into which Europeans in the South Seas fall so readily;
+one, of the enforced labour of chiefs; one, of the taxes; and one, of
+the roads.&nbsp; This I may give in full from the very lame translation
+in the American white book.&nbsp; &ldquo;The roads that were made were
+called the Government Roads; they were six fathoms wide.&nbsp; Their
+making caused much damage to Samoa&rsquo;s lands and what was planted
+on it.&nbsp; The Samoans cried on account of their lands, which were
+taken high-handedly and abused.&nbsp; They again cried on account of
+the loss of what they had planted, which was now thrown away in a high-handed
+way, without any regard being shown or question asked of the owner of
+the land, or any compensation offered for the damage done.&nbsp; This
+was different with foreigners&rsquo; land; in their case permission
+was first asked to make the roads; the foreigners were paid for any
+destruction made.&rdquo;&nbsp; The sting of this count was, I fancy,
+in the last clause.&nbsp; No less than six articles complain of the
+administration of the law; and I believe that was never satisfactory.&nbsp;
+Brandeis told me himself he was never yet satisfied with any native
+judge.&nbsp; And men say (and it seems to fit in well with his hasty
+and eager character) that he would legislate by word of mouth; sometimes
+forget what he had said; and, on the same question arising in another
+province, decide it perhaps otherwise.&nbsp; I gather, on the whole,
+our artillery captain was not great in law.&nbsp; Two articles refer
+to a matter I must deal with more at length, and rather from the point
+of view of the white residents.</p>
+<p>The common charge against Brandeis was that of favouring the German
+firm.&nbsp; Coming as he did, this was inevitable.&nbsp; Weber had bought
+Steinberger with hard cash; that was matter of history.&nbsp; The present
+government he did not even require to buy, having founded it by his
+intrigues, and introduced the premier to Samoa through the doors of
+his own office.&nbsp; And the effect of the initial blunder was kept
+alive by the chatter of the clerks in bar-rooms, boasting themselves
+of the new government and prophesying annihilation to all rivals.&nbsp;
+The time of raising a tax is the harvest of the merchants; it is the
+time when copra will be made, and must be sold; and the intention of
+the German firm, first in the time of Steinberger, and again in April
+and May, 1888, with Brandeis, was to seize and handle the whole operation.&nbsp;
+Their chief rivals were the Messrs. MacArthur; and it seems beyond question
+that provincial governors more than once issued orders forbidding Samoans
+to take money from &ldquo;the New Zealand firm.&rdquo;&nbsp; These,
+when they were brought to his notice, Brandeis disowned, and he is entitled
+to be heard.&nbsp; No man can live long in Samoa and not have his honesty
+impugned.&nbsp; But the accusations against Brandeis&rsquo;s veracity
+are both few and obscure.&nbsp; I believe he was as straight as his
+sword.&nbsp; The governors doubtless issued these orders, but there
+were plenty besides Brandeis to suggest them.&nbsp; Every wandering
+clerk from the firm&rsquo;s office, every plantation manager, would
+be dinning the same story in the native ear.&nbsp; And here again the
+initial blunder hung about the neck of Brandeis, a ton&rsquo;s weight.&nbsp;
+The natives, as well as the whites, had seen their premier masquerading
+on a stool in the office; in the eyes of the natives, as well as in
+those of the whites, he must always have retained the mark of servitude
+from that ill-judged passage; and they would be inclined to look behind
+and above him, to the great house of <i>Misi Ueba</i>.&nbsp; The government
+was like a vista of puppets.&nbsp; People did not trouble with Tamasese,
+if they got speech with Brandeis; in the same way, they might not always
+trouble to ask Brandeis, if they had a hint direct from <i>Misi Ueba</i>.&nbsp;
+In only one case, though it seems to have had many developments, do
+I find the premier personally committed.&nbsp; The MacArthurs claimed
+the copra of Fasitotai on a district mortgage of three hundred dollars.&nbsp;
+The German firm accepted a mortgage of the whole province of Aana, claimed
+the copra of Fasitotai as that of a part of Aana, and were supported
+by the government.&nbsp; Here Brandeis was false to his own principle,
+that personal and village debts should come before provincial.&nbsp;
+But the case occurred before the promulgation of the law, and was, as
+a matter of fact, the cause of it; so the most we can say is that he
+changed his mind, and changed it for the better.&nbsp; If the history
+of his government be considered&mdash;how it originated in an intrigue
+between the firm and the consulate, and was (for the firm&rsquo;s sake
+alone) supported by the consulate with foreign bayonets&mdash;the existence
+of the least doubt on the man&rsquo;s action must seem marvellous.&nbsp;
+We should have looked to find him playing openly and wholly into their
+hands; that he did not, implies great independence and much secret friction;
+and I believe (if the truth were known) the firm would be found to have
+been disgusted with the stubbornness of its intended tool, and Brandeis
+often impatient of the demands of his creators.</p>
+<p>But I may seem to exaggerate the degree of white opposition.&nbsp;
+And it is true that before fate overtook the Brandeis government, it
+appeared to enjoy the fruits of victory in Apia; and one dissident,
+the unconquerable Moors, stood out alone to refuse his taxes.&nbsp;
+But the victory was in appearance only; the opposition was latent; it
+found vent in talk, and thus reacted on the natives; upon the least
+excuse, it was ready to flame forth again.&nbsp; And this is the more
+singular because some were far from out of sympathy with the native
+policy pursued.&nbsp; When I met Captain Brandeis, he was amazed at
+my attitude.&nbsp; &ldquo;Whom did you find in Apia to tell you so much
+good of me?&rdquo; he asked.&nbsp; I named one of my informants.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;He?&rdquo; he cried.&nbsp; &ldquo;If he thought all that, why
+did he not help me?&rdquo;&nbsp; I told him as well as I was able.&nbsp;
+The man was a merchant.&nbsp; He beheld in the government of Brandeis
+a government created by and for the firm who were his rivals.&nbsp;
+If Brandeis were minded to deal fairly, where was the probability that
+he would be allowed?&nbsp; If Brandeis insisted and were strong enough
+to prevail, what guarantee that, as soon as the government were fairly
+accepted, Brandeis might not be removed?&nbsp; Here was the attitude
+of the hour; and I am glad to find it clearly set forth in a despatch
+of Sewall&rsquo;s, June 18th, 1888, when he commends the law against
+mortgages, and goes on: &ldquo;Whether the author of this law will carry
+out the good intentions which he professes&mdash;whether he will be
+allowed to do so, if he desires, against the opposition of those who
+placed him in power and protect him in the possession of it&mdash;may
+well be doubted.&rdquo;&nbsp; Brandeis had come to Apia in the firm&rsquo;s
+livery.&nbsp; Even while he promised neutrality in commerce, the clerks
+were prating a different story in the bar-rooms; and the late high feat
+of the knight-errant, Becker, had killed all confidence in Germans at
+the root.&nbsp; By these three impolicies, the German adventure in Samoa
+was defeated.</p>
+<p>I imply that the handful of whites were the true obstacle, not the
+thousands of malcontent Samoans; for had the whites frankly accepted
+Brandeis, the path of Germany was clear, and the end of their policy,
+however troublesome might be its course, was obvious.&nbsp; But this
+is not to say that the natives were content.&nbsp; In a sense, indeed,
+their opposition was continuous.&nbsp; There will always be opposition
+in Samoa when taxes are imposed; and the deportation of Malietoa stuck
+in men&rsquo;s throats.&nbsp; Tuiatua Mataafa refused to act under the
+new government from the beginning, and Tamasese usurped his place and
+title.&nbsp; As early as February, I find him signing himself &ldquo;Tuiaana
+<i>Tuiatua</i> Tamasese,&rdquo; the first step on a dangerous path.&nbsp;
+Asi, like Mataafa, disclaimed his chiefship and declared himself a private
+person; but he was more rudely dealt with.&nbsp; German sailors surrounded
+his house in the night, burst in, and dragged the women out of the mosquito
+nets&mdash;an offence against Samoan manners.&nbsp; No Asi was to be
+found; but at last they were shown his fishing-lights on the reef, rowed
+out, took him as he was, and carried him on board a man-of-war, where
+he was detained some while between-decks.&nbsp; At last, January 16th,
+after a farewell interview over the ship&rsquo;s side with his wife,
+he was discharged into a ketch, and along with two other chiefs, Maunga
+and Tuiletu-funga, deported to the Marshalls.&nbsp; The blow struck
+fear upon all sides.&nbsp; Le M&atilde;mea (a very able chief) was secretly
+among the malcontents.&nbsp; His family and followers murmured at his
+weakness; but he continued, throughout the duration of the government,
+to serve Brandeis with trembling.&nbsp; A circus coming to Apia, he
+seized at the pretext for escape, and asked leave to accept an engagement
+in the company.&nbsp; &ldquo;I will not allow you to make a monkey of
+yourself,&rdquo; said Brandeis; and the phrase had a success throughout
+the islands, pungent expressions being so much admired by the natives
+that they cannot refrain from repeating them, even when they have been
+levelled at themselves.&nbsp; The assumption of the Atua <i>name</i>
+spread discontent in that province; many chiefs from thence were convicted
+of disaffection, and condemned to labour with their hands upon the roads&mdash;a
+great shock to the Samoan sense of the becoming, which was rendered
+the more sensible by the death of one of the number at his task.&nbsp;
+Mataafa was involved in the same trouble.&nbsp; His disaffected speech
+at a meeting of Atua chiefs was betrayed by the girls that made the
+kava, and the man of the future was called to Apia on safe-conduct,
+but, after an interview, suffered to return to his lair.&nbsp; The peculiarly
+tender treatment of Mataafa must be explained by his relationship to
+Tamasese.&nbsp; Laupepa was of Malietoa blood.&nbsp; The hereditary
+retainers of the Tupua would see him exiled even with some complacency.&nbsp;
+But Mataafa was Tupua himself; and Tupua men would probably have murmured,
+and would perhaps have mutinied, had he been harshly dealt with.</p>
+<p>The native opposition, I say, was in a sense continuous.&nbsp; And
+it kept continuously growing.&nbsp; The sphere of Brandeis was limited
+to Mulinuu and the north central quarters of Upolu&mdash;practically
+what is shown upon the map opposite.&nbsp; There the taxes were expanded;
+in the out-districts, men paid their money and saw no return.&nbsp;
+Here the eye and hand of the dictator were ready to correct the scales
+of justice; in the out-districts, all things lay at the mercy of the
+native magistrates, and their oppressions increased with the course
+of time and the experience of impunity.&nbsp; In the spring of the year,
+a very intelligent observer had occasion to visit many places in the
+island of Savaii.&nbsp; &ldquo;Our lives are not worth living,&rdquo;
+was the burthen of the popular complaint.&nbsp; &ldquo;We are groaning
+under the oppression of these men.&nbsp; We would rather die than continue
+to endure it.&rdquo;&nbsp; On his return to Apia, he made haste to communicate
+his impressions to Brandeis.&nbsp; Brandeis replied in an epigram: &ldquo;Where
+there has been anarchy in a country, there must be oppression for a
+time.&rdquo;&nbsp; But unfortunately the terms of the epigram may be
+reversed; and personal supervision would have been more in season than
+wit.&nbsp; The same observer who conveyed to him this warning thinks
+that, if Brandeis had himself visited the districts and inquired into
+complaints, the blow might yet have been averted and the government
+saved.&nbsp; At last, upon a certain unconstitutional act of Tamasese,
+the discontent took life and fire.&nbsp; The act was of his own conception;
+the dull dog was ambitious.&nbsp; Brandeis declares he would not be
+dissuaded; perhaps his adviser did not seriously try, perhaps did not
+dream that in that welter of contradictions, the Samoan constitution,
+any one point would be considered sacred.&nbsp; I have told how Tamasese
+assumed the title of Tuiatua.&nbsp; In August 1888 a year after his
+installation, he took a more formidable step and assumed that of Malietoa.&nbsp;
+This name, as I have said, is of peculiar honour; it had been given
+to, it had never been taken from, the exiled Laupepa; those in whose
+grant it lay, stood punctilious upon their rights; and Tamasese, as
+the representative of their natural opponents, the Tupua line, was the
+last who should have had it.&nbsp; And there was yet more, though I
+almost despair to make it thinkable by Europeans.&nbsp; Certain old
+mats are handed down, and set huge store by; they may be compared to
+coats of arms or heirlooms among ourselves; and to the horror of more
+than one-half of Samoa, Tamasese, the head of the Tupua, began collecting
+Malietoa mats.&nbsp; It was felt that the cup was full, and men began
+to prepare secretly for rebellion.&nbsp; The history of the month of
+August is unknown to whites; it passed altogether in the covert of the
+woods or in the stealthy councils of Samoans.&nbsp; One ominous sign
+was to be noted; arms and ammunition began to be purchased or inquired
+about; and the more wary traders ordered fresh consignments of material
+of war.&nbsp; But the rest was silence; the government slept in security;
+and Brandeis was summoned at last from a public dinner, to find rebellion
+organised, the woods behind Apia full of insurgents, and a plan prepared,
+and in the very article of execution, to surprise and seize Mulinuu.&nbsp;
+The timely discovery averted all; and the leaders hastily withdrew towards
+the south side of the island, leaving in the bush a rear-guard under
+a young man of the name of Saifaleupolu.&nbsp; According to some accounts,
+it scarce numbered forty; the leader was no great chief, but a handsome,
+industrious lad who seems to have been much beloved.&nbsp; And upon
+this obstacle Brandeis fell.&nbsp; It is the man&rsquo;s fault to be
+too impatient of results; his public intention to free Samoa of all
+debt within the year, depicts him; and instead of continuing to temporise
+and let his enemies weary and disperse, he judged it politic to strike
+a blow.&nbsp; He struck it, with what seemed to be success, and the
+sound of it roused Samoa to rebellion.</p>
+<p>About two in the morning of August 31st, Apia was wakened by men
+marching.&nbsp; Day came, and Brandeis and his war-party were already
+long disappeared in the woods.&nbsp; All morning belated Tamaseseites
+were still to be seen running with their guns.&nbsp; All morning shots
+were listened for in vain; but over the top of the forest, far up the
+mountain, smoke was for some time observed to hang.&nbsp; About ten
+a dead man was carried in, lashed under a pole like a dead pig, his
+rosary (for he was a Catholic) hanging nearly to the ground.&nbsp; Next
+came a young fellow wounded, sitting in a rope swung from a pole; two
+fellows bearing him, two running behind for a relief.&nbsp; At last
+about eleven, three or four heavy volleys and a great shouting were
+heard from the bush town Tanungamanono; the affair was over, the victorious
+force, on the march back, was there celebrating its victory by the way.&nbsp;
+Presently after, it marched through Apia, five or six hundred strong,
+in tolerable order and strutting with the ludicrous assumption of the
+triumphant islander.&nbsp; Women who had been buying bread ran and gave
+them loaves.&nbsp; At the tail end came Brandeis himself, smoking a
+cigar, deadly pale, and with perhaps an increase of his usual nervous
+manner.&nbsp; One spoke to him by the way.&nbsp; He expressed his sorrow
+the action had been forced on him.&nbsp; &ldquo;Poor people, it&rsquo;s
+all the worse for them!&rdquo; he said.&nbsp; &ldquo;It&rsquo;ll have
+to be done another way now.&rdquo;&nbsp; And it was supposed by his
+hearer that he referred to intervention from the German war-ships.&nbsp;
+He meant, he said, to put a stop to head-hunting; his men had taken
+two that day, he added, but he had not suffered them to bring them in,
+and they had been left in Tanungamanono.&nbsp; Thither my informant
+rode, was attracted by the sound of wailing, and saw in a house the
+two heads washed and combed, and the sister of one of the dead lamenting
+in the island fashion and kissing the cold face.&nbsp; Soon after, a
+small grave was dug, the heads were buried in a beef box, and the pastor
+read the service.&nbsp; The body of Saifaleupolu himself was recovered
+unmutilated, brought down from the forest, and buried behind Apia.</p>
+<p>The same afternoon, the men of Vaimaunga were ordered to report in
+Mulinuu, where Tamasese&rsquo;s flag was half-masted for the death of
+a chief in the skirmish.&nbsp; Vaimaunga is that district of Taumasanga
+which includes the bay and the foothills behind Apia; and both province
+and district are strong Malietoa.&nbsp; Not one man, it is said, obeyed
+the summons.&nbsp; Night came, and the town lay in unusual silence;
+no one abroad; the blinds down around the native houses, the men within
+sleeping on their arms; the old women keeping watch in pairs.&nbsp;
+And in the course of the two following days all Vaimaunga was gone into
+the bush, the very gaoler setting free his prisoners and joining them
+in their escape.&nbsp; Hear the words of the chiefs in the 23rd article
+of their complaint: &ldquo;Some of the chiefs fled to the bush from
+fear of being reported, fear of German men-of-war, constantly being
+accused, etc., and Brandeis commanded that they were to be shot on sight.&nbsp;
+This act was carried out by Brandeis on the 31st day of August, 1888.&nbsp;
+After this we evaded these laws; we could not stand them; our patience
+was worn out with the constant wickedness of Tamasese and Brandeis.&nbsp;
+We were tired out and could stand no longer the acts of these two men.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>So through an ill-timed skirmish, two severed heads, and a dead body,
+the rule of Brandeis came to a sudden end.&nbsp; We shall see him a
+while longer fighting for existence in a losing battle; but his government&mdash;take
+it for all in all, the most promising that has ever been in these unlucky
+islands&mdash;was from that hour a piece of history.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER V&mdash;THE BATTLE OF MATAUTU</h2>
+<p><i>September 1888</i></p>
+<p>The revolution had all the character of a popular movement.&nbsp;
+Many of the high chiefs were detained in Mulinuu; the commons trooped
+to the bush under inferior leaders.&nbsp; A camp was chosen near Faleula,
+threatening Mulinuu, well placed for the arrival of recruits and close
+to a German plantation from which the force could be subsisted.&nbsp;
+Manono came, all Tuamasanga, much of Savaii, and part of Aana, Tamasese&rsquo;s
+own government and titular seat.&nbsp; Both sides were arming.&nbsp;
+It was a brave day for the trader, though not so brave as some that
+followed, when a single cartridge is said to have been sold for twelve
+cents currency&mdash;between nine and ten cents gold.&nbsp; Yet even
+among the traders a strong party feeling reigned, and it was the common
+practice to ask a purchaser upon which side he meant to fight.</p>
+<p>On September 5th, Brandeis published a letter: &ldquo;To the chiefs
+of Tuamasanga, Manono, and Faasaleleanga in the Bush: Chiefs, by authority
+of his majesty Tamasese, the king of Samoa, I make known to you all
+that the German man-of-war is about to go together with a Samoan fleet
+for the purpose of burning Manono.&nbsp; After this island is all burnt,
+&rsquo;tis good if the people return to Manono and live quiet.&nbsp;
+To the people of Faasaleleanga I say, return to your houses and stop
+there.&nbsp; The same to those belonging to Tuamasanga.&nbsp; If you
+obey this instruction, then you will all be forgiven; if you do not
+obey, then all your villages will be burnt like Manono.&nbsp; These
+instructions are made in truth in the sight of God in the Heaven.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+The same morning, accordingly, the <i>Adler</i> steamed out of the bay
+with a force of Tamasese warriors and some native boats in tow, the
+Samoan fleet in question.&nbsp; Manono was shelled; the Tamasese warriors,
+under the conduct of a Manono traitor, who paid before many days the
+forfeit of his blood, landed and did some damage, but were driven away
+by the sight of a force returning from the mainland; no one was hurt,
+for the women and children, who alone remained on the island, found
+a refuge in the bush; and the <i>Adler</i> and her acolytes returned
+the same evening.&nbsp; The letter had been energetic; the performance
+fell below the programme.&nbsp; The demonstration annoyed and yet re-assured
+the insurgents, and it fully disclosed to the Germans a new enemy.</p>
+<p>Captain Yon Widersheim had been relieved.&nbsp; His successor, Captain
+Fritze, was an officer of a different stamp.&nbsp; I have nothing to
+say of him but good; he seems to have obeyed the consul&rsquo;s requisitions
+with secret distaste; his despatches were of admirable candour; but
+his habits were retired, he spoke little English, and was far indeed
+from inheriting von Widersheim&rsquo;s close relations with Commander
+Leary.&nbsp; It is believed by Germans that the American officer resented
+what he took to be neglect.&nbsp; I mention this, not because I believe
+it to depict Commander Leary, but because it is typical of a prevailing
+infirmity among Germans in Samoa.&nbsp; Touchy themselves, they read
+all history in the light of personal affronts and tiffs; and I find
+this weakness indicated by the big thumb of Bismarck, when he places
+&ldquo;sensitiveness to small disrespects&mdash;<i>Empfindlichkeit ueber
+Mangel an Respect</i>,&rdquo; among the causes of the wild career of
+Knappe.&nbsp; Whatever the cause, at least, the natives had no sooner
+taken arms than Leary appeared with violence upon that side.&nbsp; As
+early as the 3rd, he had sent an obscure but menacing despatch to Brandeis.&nbsp;
+On the 6th, he fell on Fritze in the matter of the Manono bombardment.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;The revolutionists,&rdquo; he wrote, &ldquo;had an armed force
+in the field within a few miles of this harbour, when the vessels under
+your command transported the Tamasese troops to a neighbouring island
+with the avowed intention of making war on the isolated homes of the
+women and children of the enemy.&nbsp; Being the only other representative
+of a naval power now present in this harbour, for the sake of humanity
+I hereby respectfully and solemnly protest in the name of the United
+States of America and of the civilised world in general against the
+use of a national war-vessel for such services as were yesterday rendered
+by the German corvette <i>Adler</i>.&rdquo;&nbsp; Fritze&rsquo;s reply,
+to the effect that he is under the orders of the consul and has no right
+of choice, reads even humble; perhaps he was not himself vain of the
+exploit, perhaps not prepared to see it thus described in words.&nbsp;
+From that moment Leary was in the front of the row.&nbsp; His name is
+diagnostic, but it was not required; on every step of his subsequent
+action in Samoa Irishman is writ large; over all his doings a malign
+spirit of humour presided.&nbsp; No malice was too small for him, if
+it were only funny.&nbsp; When night signals were made from Mulinuu,
+he would sit on his own poop and confound them with gratuitous rockets.&nbsp;
+He was at the pains to write a letter and address it to &ldquo;the High
+Chief Tamasese&rdquo;&mdash;a device as old at least as the wars of
+Robert Bruce&mdash;in order to bother the officials of the German post-office,
+in whose hands he persisted in leaving it, although the address was
+death to them and the distribution of letters in Samoa formed no part
+of their profession.&nbsp; His great masterwork of pleasantry, the Scanlon
+affair, must be narrated in its place.&nbsp; And he was no less bold
+than comical.&nbsp; The <i>Adams</i> was not supposed to be a match
+for the <i>Adler</i>; there was no glory to be gained in beating her;
+and yet I have heard naval officers maintain she might have proved a
+dangerous antagonist in narrow waters and at short range.&nbsp; Doubtless
+Leary thought so.&nbsp; He was continually daring Fritze to come on;
+and already, in a despatch of the 9th, I find Becker complaining of
+his language in the hearing of German officials, and how he had declared
+that, on the <i>Adler</i> again interfering, he would interfere himself,
+&ldquo;if he went to the bottom for it&mdash;<i>und wenn sein Schiff
+dabei zu Grunde ginge</i>.&rdquo;&nbsp; Here is the style of opposition
+which has the merit of being frank, not that of being agreeable.&nbsp;
+Becker was annoying, Leary infuriating; there is no doubt that the tempers
+in the German consulate were highly ulcerated; and if war between the
+two countries did not follow, we must set down the praise to the forbearance
+of the German navy.&nbsp; This is not the last time that I shall have
+to salute the merits of that service.</p>
+<p>The defeat and death of Saifaleupolu and the burning of Manono had
+thus passed off without the least advantage to Tamasese.&nbsp; But he
+still held the significant position of Mulinuu, and Brandeis was strenuous
+to make it good.&nbsp; The whole peninsula was surrounded with a breastwork;
+across the isthmus it was six feet high and strengthened with a ditch;
+and the beach was staked against landing.&nbsp; Weber&rsquo;s land claim&mdash;the
+same that now broods over the village in the form of a signboard&mdash;then
+appeared in a more military guise; the German flag was hoisted, and
+German sailors manned the breastwork at the isthmus&mdash;&ldquo;to
+protect German property&rdquo; and its trifling parenthesis, the king
+of Samoa.&nbsp; Much vigilance reigned and, in the island fashion, much
+wild firing.&nbsp; And in spite of all, desertion was for a long time
+daily.&nbsp; The detained high chiefs would go to the beach on the pretext
+of a natural occasion, plunge in the sea, and swimming across a broad,
+shallow bay of the lagoon, join the rebels on the Faleula side.&nbsp;
+Whole bodies of warriors, sometimes hundreds strong, departed with their
+arms and ammunition.&nbsp; On the 7th of September, for instance, the
+day after Leary&rsquo;s letter, Too and Mataia left with their contingents,
+and the whole Aana people returned home in a body to hold a parliament.&nbsp;
+Ten days later, it is true, a part of them returned to their duty; but
+another part branched off by the way and carried their services, and
+Tamasese&rsquo;s dear-bought guns, to Faleula.</p>
+<p>On the 8th, there was a defection of a different kind, but yet sensible.&nbsp;
+The High Chief Seumanu had been still detained in Mulinuu under anxious
+observation.&nbsp; His people murmured at his absence, threatened to
+&ldquo;take away his name,&rdquo; and had already attempted a rescue.&nbsp;
+The adventure was now taken in hand by his wife Faatulia, a woman of
+much sense and spirit and a strong partisan; and by her contrivance,
+Seumanu gave his guardians the slip and rejoined his clan at Faleula.&nbsp;
+This process of winnowing was of course counterbalanced by another of
+recruitment.&nbsp; But the harshness of European and military rule had
+made Brandeis detested and Tamasese unpopular with many; and the force
+on Mulinuu is thought to have done little more than hold its own.&nbsp;
+Mataafa sympathisers set it down at about two or three thousand.&nbsp;
+I have no estimate from the other side; but Becker admits they were
+not strong enough to keep the field in the open.</p>
+<p>The political significance of Mulinuu was great, but in a military
+sense the position had defects.&nbsp; If it was difficult to carry,
+it was easy to blockade: and to be hemmed in on that narrow finger of
+land were an inglorious posture for the monarch of Samoa.&nbsp; The
+peninsula, besides, was scant of food and destitute of water.&nbsp;
+Pressed by these considerations, Brandeis extended his lines till he
+had occupied the whole foreshore of Apia bay and the opposite point,
+Matautu.&nbsp; His men were thus drawn out along some three nautical
+miles of irregular beach, everywhere with their backs to the sea, and
+without means of communication or mutual support except by water.&nbsp;
+The extension led to fresh sorrows.&nbsp; The Tamasese men quartered
+themselves in the houses of the absent men of the Vaimaunga.&nbsp; Disputes
+arose with English and Americans.&nbsp; Leary interposed in a loud voice
+of menace.&nbsp; It was said the firm profited by the confusion to buttress
+up imperfect land claims; I am sure the other whites would not be far
+behind the firm.&nbsp; Properties were fenced in, fences and houses
+were torn down, scuffles ensued.&nbsp; The German example at Mulinuu
+was followed with laughable unanimity; wherever an Englishman or an
+American conceived himself to have a claim, he set up the emblem of
+his country; and the beach twinkled with the flags of nations.</p>
+<p>All this, it will be observed, was going forward in that neutral
+territory, sanctified by treaty against the presence of armed Samoans.&nbsp;
+The insurgents themselves looked on in wonder: on the 4th, trembling
+to transgress against the great Powers, they had written for a delimitation
+of the <i>Eleele Sa</i>; and Becker, in conversation with the British
+consul, replied that he recognised none.&nbsp; So long as Tamasese held
+the ground, this was expedient.&nbsp; But suppose Tamasese worsted,
+it might prove awkward for the stores, mills, and offices of a great
+German firm, thus bared of shelter by the act of their own consul.</p>
+<p>On the morning of the 9th September, just ten days after the death
+of Saifaleupolu, Mataafa, under the name of Malietoa To&rsquo;oa Mataafa,
+was crowned king at Faleula.&nbsp; On the 11th he wrote to the British
+and American consuls: &ldquo;Gentlemen, I write this letter to you two
+very humbly and entreatingly, on account of this difficulty that has
+come before me.&nbsp; I desire to know from you two gentlemen the truth
+where the boundaries of the neutral territory are.&nbsp; You will observe
+that I am now at Vaimoso [a step nearer the enemy], and I have stopped
+here until I knew what you say regarding the neutral territory.&nbsp;
+I wish to know where I can go, and where the forbidden ground is, for
+I do not wish to go on any neutral territory, or on any foreigner&rsquo;s
+property.&nbsp; I do not want to offend any of the great Powers.&nbsp;
+Another thing I would like.&nbsp; Would it be possible for you three
+consuls to make Tamasese remove from German property? for I am in awe
+of going on German land.&rdquo;&nbsp; He must have received a reply
+embodying Becker&rsquo;s renunciation of the principle, at once; for
+he broke camp the same day, and marched eastward through the bush behind
+Apia.</p>
+<p>Brandeis, expecting attack, sought to improve his indefensible position.&nbsp;
+He reformed his centre by the simple expedient of suppressing it.&nbsp;
+Apia was evacuated.&nbsp; The two flanks, Mulinuu and Matautu, were
+still held and fortified, Mulinuu (as I have said) to the isthmus, Matautu
+on a line from the bayside to the little river Fuis&aacute;.&nbsp; The
+centre was represented by the trajectory of a boat across the bay from
+one flank to another, and was held (we may say) by the German war-ship.&nbsp;
+Mataafa decided (I am assured) to make a feint on Matautu, induce Brandeis
+to deplete Mulinuu in support, and then fall upon and carry that.&nbsp;
+And there is no doubt in my mind that such a plan was bruited abroad,
+for nothing but a belief in it could explain the behaviour of Brandeis
+on the 12th.&nbsp; That it was seriously entertained by Mataafa I stoutly
+disbelieve; the German flag and sailors forbidding the enterprise in
+Mulinuu.&nbsp; So that we may call this false intelligence the beginning
+and the end of Mataafa&rsquo;s strategy.</p>
+<p>The whites who sympathised with the revolt were uneasy and impatient.&nbsp;
+They will still tell you, though the dates are there to show them wrong,
+that Mataafa, even after his coronation, delayed extremely: a proof
+of how long two days may seem to last when men anticipate events.&nbsp;
+On the evening of the 11th, while the new king was already on the march,
+one of these walked into Matautu.&nbsp; The moon was bright.&nbsp; By
+the way he observed the native houses dark and silent; the men had been
+about a fortnight in the bush, but now the women and children were gone
+also; at which he wondered.&nbsp; On the sea-beach, in the camp of the
+Tamaseses, the solitude was near as great; he saw three or four men
+smoking before the British consulate, perhaps a dozen in all; the rest
+were behind in the bush upon their line of forts.&nbsp; About the midst
+he sat down, and here a woman drew near to him.&nbsp; The moon shone
+in her face, and he knew her for a householder near by, and a partisan
+of Mataafa&rsquo;s.&nbsp; She looked about her as she came, and asked
+him, trembling, what he did in the camp of Tamasese.&nbsp; He was there
+after news, he told her.&nbsp; She took him by the hand.&nbsp; &ldquo;You
+must not stay here, you will get killed,&rdquo; she said.&nbsp; &ldquo;The
+bush is full of our people, the others are watching them, fighting may
+begin at any moment, and we are both here too long.&rdquo;&nbsp; So
+they set off together; and she told him by the way that she had came
+to the hostile camp with a present of bananas, so that the Tamasese
+men might spare her house.&nbsp; By the Vaisingano they met an old man,
+a woman, and a child; and these also she warned and turned back.&nbsp;
+Such is the strange part played by women among the scenes of Samoan
+warfare, such were the liberties then permitted to the whites, that
+these two could pass the lines, talk together in Tamasese&rsquo;s camp
+on the eve of an engagement, and pass forth again bearing intelligence,
+like privileged spies.&nbsp; And before a few hours the white man was
+in direct communication with the opposing general.&nbsp; The next morning
+he was accosted &ldquo;about breakfast-time&rdquo; by two natives who
+stood leaning against the pickets of a public-house, where the Siumu
+road strikes in at right angles to the main street of Apia.&nbsp; They
+told him battle was imminent, and begged him to pass a little way inland
+and speak with Mataafa.&nbsp; The road is at this point broad and fairly
+good, running between thick groves of cocoa-palm and breadfruit.&nbsp;
+A few hundred yards along this the white man passed a picket of four
+armed warriors, with red handkerchiefs and their faces blackened in
+the form of a full beard, the Mataafa rallying signs for the day; a
+little farther on, some fifty; farther still, a hundred; and at last
+a quarter of a mile of them sitting by the wayside armed and blacked.</p>
+<p>Near by, in the verandah of a house on a knoll, he found Mataafa
+seated in white clothes, a Winchester across his knees.&nbsp; His men,
+he said, were still arriving from behind, and there was a turning movement
+in operation beyond the Fuis&aacute;, so that the Tamaseses should be
+assailed at the same moment from the south and east.&nbsp; And this
+is another indication that the attack on Matautu was the true attack;
+had any design on Mulinuu been in the wind, not even a Samoan general
+would have detached these troops upon the other side.&nbsp; While they
+still spoke, five Tamasese women were brought in with their hands bound;
+they had been stealing &ldquo;our&rdquo; bananas.</p>
+<p>All morning the town was strangely deserted, the very children gone.&nbsp;
+A sense of expectation reigned, and sympathy for the attack was expressed
+publicly.&nbsp; Some men with unblacked faces came to Moors&rsquo;s
+store for biscuit.&nbsp; A native woman, who was there marketing, inquired
+after the news, and, hearing that the battle was now near at hand, &ldquo;Give
+them two more tins,&rdquo; said she; &ldquo;and don&rsquo;t put them
+down to my husband&mdash;he would growl; put them down to me.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Between twelve and one, two white men walked toward Matautu, finding
+as they went no sign of war until they had passed the Vaisingano and
+come to the corner of a by-path leading to the bush.&nbsp; Here were
+four blackened warriors on guard,&mdash;the extreme left wing of the
+Mataafa force, where it touched the waters of the bay.&nbsp; Thence
+the line (which the white men followed) stretched inland among bush
+and marsh, facing the forts of the Tamaseses.&nbsp; The warriors lay
+as yet inactive behind trees; but all the young boys and harlots of
+Apia toiled in the front upon a trench, digging with knives and cocoa-shells;
+and a continuous stream of children brought them water.&nbsp; The young
+sappers worked crouching; from the outside only an occasional head,
+or a hand emptying a shell of earth, was visible; and their enemies
+looked on inert from the line of the opposing forts.&nbsp; The lists
+were not yet prepared, the tournament was not yet open; and the attacking
+force was suffered to throw up works under the silent guns of the defence.&nbsp;
+But there is an end even to the delay of islanders.&nbsp; As the white
+men stood and looked, the Tamasese line thundered into a volley; it
+was answered; the crowd of silent workers broke forth in laughter and
+cheers; and the battle had begun.</p>
+<p>Thenceforward, all day and most of the next night, volley followed
+volley; and pounds of lead and pounds sterling of money continued to
+be blown into the air without cessation and almost without result.&nbsp;
+Colonel de Coetlogon, an old soldier, described the noise as deafening.&nbsp;
+The harbour was all struck with shots; a man was knocked over on the
+German war-ship; half Apia was under fire; and a house was pierced beyond
+the Mulivai.&nbsp; All along the two lines of breastwork, the entrenched
+enemies exchanged this hail of balls; and away on the east of the battle
+the fusillade was maintained, with equal spirit, across the narrow barrier
+of the Fuis&aacute;.&nbsp; The whole rear of the Tamaseses was enfiladed
+by this flank fire; and I have seen a house there, by the river brink,
+that was riddled with bullets like a piece of worm-eaten wreck-wood.&nbsp;
+At this point of the field befell a trait of Samoan warfare worth recording.&nbsp;
+Taiese (brother to Siteoni already mentioned) shot a Tamasese man.&nbsp;
+He saw him fall, and, inflamed with the lust of glory, passed the river
+single-handed in that storm of missiles to secure the head.&nbsp; On
+the farther bank, as was but natural, he fell himself; he who had gone
+to take a trophy remained to afford one; and the Mataafas, who had looked
+on exulting in the prospect of a triumph, saw themselves exposed instead
+to a disgrace.&nbsp; Then rose one Vingi, passed the deadly water, swung
+the body of Taiese on his back, and returned unscathed to his own side,
+the head saved, the corpse filled with useless bullets.</p>
+<p>At this rate of practice, the ammunition soon began to run low, and
+from an early hour of the afternoon, the Malietoa stores were visited
+by customers in search of more.&nbsp; An elderly man came leaping and
+cheering, his gun in one hand, a basket of three heads in the other.&nbsp;
+A fellow came shot through the forearm.&nbsp; &ldquo;It doesn&rsquo;t
+hurt now,&rdquo; he said, as he bought his cartridges; &ldquo;but it
+will hurt to-morrow, and I want to fight while I can.&rdquo;&nbsp; A
+third followed, a mere boy, with the end of his nose shot off: &ldquo;Have
+you any painkiller? give it me quick, so that I can get back to fight.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+On either side, there was the same delight in sound and smoke and schoolboy
+cheering, the same unsophisticated ardour of battle; and the misdirected
+skirmish proceeded with a din, and was illustrated with traits of bravery
+that would have fitted a Waterloo or a Sedan.</p>
+<p>I have said how little I regard the alleged plan of battle.&nbsp;
+At least it was now all gone to water.&nbsp; The whole forces of Mataafa
+had leaked out, man by man, village by village, on the so-called false
+attack.&nbsp; They were all pounding for their lives on the front and
+the left flank of Matautu.&nbsp; About half-past three they enveloped
+the right flank also.&nbsp; The defenders were driven back along the
+beach road as far as the pilot station at the turn of the land.&nbsp;
+From this also they were dislodged, stubbornly fighting.&nbsp; One,
+it is told, retreated to his middle in the lagoon; stood there, loading
+and firing, till he fell; and his body was found on the morrow pierced
+with four mortal wounds.&nbsp; The Tamasese force was now enveloped
+on three sides; it was besides almost cut off from the sea; and across
+its whole rear and only way of retreat a fire of hostile bullets crossed
+from east and west, in the midst of which men were surprised to observe
+the birds continuing to sing, and a cow grazed all afternoon unhurt.&nbsp;
+Doubtless here was the defence in a poor way; but then the attack was
+in irons.&nbsp; For the Mataafas about the pilot house could scarcely
+advance beyond without coming under the fire of their own men from the
+other side of the Fuis&aacute;; and there was not enough organisation,
+perhaps not enough authority, to divert or to arrest that fire.</p>
+<p>The progress of the fight along the beach road was visible from Mulinuu,
+and Brandeis despatched ten boats of reinforcements.&nbsp; They crossed
+the harbour, paused for a while beside the <i>Adler</i>&mdash;it is
+supposed for ammunition&mdash;and drew near the Matautu shore.&nbsp;
+The Mataafa men lay close among the shore-side bushes, expecting their
+arrival; when a silly lad, in mere lightness of heart, fired a shot
+in the air.&nbsp; My native friend, Mrs. Mary Hamilton, ran out of her
+house and gave the culprit a good shaking: an episode in the midst of
+battle as incongruous as the grazing cow.&nbsp; But his sillier comrades
+followed his example; a harmless volley warned the boats what they might
+expect; and they drew back and passed outside the reef for the passage
+of the Fuis&aacute;.&nbsp; Here they came under the fire of the right
+wing of the Mataafas on the river-bank.&nbsp; The beach, raked east
+and west, appeared to them no place to land on.&nbsp; And they hung
+off in the deep water of the lagoon inside the barrier reef, feebly
+fusillading the pilot house.</p>
+<p>Between four and five, the Fabeata regiment (or folk of that village)
+on the Mataafa left, which had been under arms all day, fell to be withdrawn
+for rest and food; the Siumu regiment, which should have relieved it,
+was not ready or not notified in time; and the Tamaseses, gallantly
+profiting by the mismanagement, recovered the most of the ground in
+their proper right.&nbsp; It was not for long.&nbsp; They lost it again,
+yard by yard and from house to house, till the pilot station was once
+more in the hands of the Mataafas.&nbsp; This is the last definite incident
+in the battle.&nbsp; The vicissitudes along the line of the entrenchments
+remain concealed from us under the cover of the forest.&nbsp; Some part
+of the Tamasese position there appears to have been carried, but what
+part, or at what hour, or whether the advantage was maintained, I have
+never learned.&nbsp; Night and rain, but not silence, closed upon the
+field.&nbsp; The trenches were deep in mud; but the younger folk wrecked
+the houses in the neighbourhood, carried the roofs to the front, and
+lay under them, men and women together, through a long night of furious
+squalls and furious and useless volleys.&nbsp; Meanwhile the older folk
+trailed back into Apia in the rain; they talked as they went of who
+had fallen and what heads had been taken upon either side&mdash;they
+seemed to know by name the losses upon both; and drenched with wet and
+broken with excitement and fatigue, they crawled into the verandahs
+of the town to eat and sleep.&nbsp; The morrow broke grey and drizzly,
+but as so often happens in the islands, cleared up into a glorious day.&nbsp;
+During the night, the majority of the defenders had taken advantage
+of the rain and darkness and stolen from their forts unobserved.&nbsp;
+The rallying sign of the Tamaseses had been a white handkerchief.&nbsp;
+With the dawn, the de Coetlogons from the English consulate beheld the
+ground strewn with these badges discarded; and close by the house, a
+belated turncoat was still changing white for red.&nbsp; Matautu was
+lost; Tamasese was confined to Mulinuu; and by nine o&rsquo;clock two
+Mataafa villages paraded the streets of Apia, taking possession.&nbsp;
+The cost of this respectable success in ammunition must have been enormous;
+in life it was but small.&nbsp; Some compute forty killed on either
+side, others forty on both, three or four being women and one a white
+man, master of a schooner from Fiji.&nbsp; Nor was the number even of
+the wounded at all proportionate to the surprising din and fury of the
+affair while it lasted.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VI&mdash;LAST EXPLOITS OF BECKER</h2>
+<p><i>September-November</i> 1888</p>
+<p>Brandeis had held all day by Mulinuu, expecting the reported real
+attack.&nbsp; He woke on the 13th to find himself cut off on that unwatered
+promontory, and the Mataafa villagers parading Apia.&nbsp; The same
+day Fritze received a letter from Mataafa summoning him to withdraw
+his party from the isthmus; and Fritze, as if in answer, drew in his
+ship into the small harbour close to Mulinuu, and trained his port battery
+to assist in the defence.&nbsp; From a step so decisive, it might be
+thought the German plans were unaffected by the disastrous issue of
+the battle.&nbsp; I conceive nothing would be further from the truth.&nbsp;
+Here was Tamasese penned on Mulinuu with his troops; Apia, from which
+alone these could be subsisted, in the hands of the enemy; a battle
+imminent, in which the German vessel must apparently take part with
+men and battery, and the buildings of the German firm were apparently
+destined to be the first target of fire.&nbsp; Unless Becker re-established
+that which he had so lately and so artfully thrown down&mdash;the neutral
+territory&mdash;the firm would have to suffer.&nbsp; If he re-established
+it, Tamasese must retire from Mulinuu.&nbsp; If Becker saved his goose,
+he lost his cabbage.&nbsp; Nothing so well depicts the man&rsquo;s effrontery
+as that he should have conceived the design of saving both,&mdash;of
+re-establishing only so much of the neutral territory as should hamper
+Mataafa, and leaving in abeyance all that could incommode Tamasese.&nbsp;
+By drawing the boundary where he now proposed, across the isthmus, he
+protected the firm, drove back the Mataafas out of almost all that they
+had conquered, and, so far from disturbing Tamasese, actually fortified
+him in his old position.</p>
+<p>The real story of the negotiations that followed we shall perhaps
+never learn.&nbsp; But so much is plain: that while Becker was thus
+outwardly straining decency in the interest of Tamasese, he was privately
+intriguing, or pretending to intrigue, with Mataafa.&nbsp; In his despatch
+of the 11th, he had given an extended criticism of that chieftain, whom
+he depicts as very dark and artful; and while admitting that his assumption
+of the name of Malietoa might raise him up followers, predicted that
+he could not make an orderly government or support himself long in sole
+power &ldquo;without very energetic foreign help.&rdquo;&nbsp; Of what
+help was the consul thinking?&nbsp; There was no helper in the field
+but Germany.&nbsp; On the 15th he had an interview with the victor;
+told him that Tamasese&rsquo;s was the only government recognised by
+Germany, and that he must continue to recognise it till he received
+&ldquo;other instructions from his government, whom he was now advising
+of the late events&rdquo;; refused, accordingly, to withdraw the guard
+from the isthmus; and desired Mataafa, &ldquo;until the arrival of these
+fresh instructions,&rdquo; to refrain from an attack on Mulinuu.&nbsp;
+One thing of two: either this language is extremely perfidious, or Becker
+was preparing to change sides.&nbsp; The same detachment appears in
+his despatch of October 7th.&nbsp; He computes the losses of the German
+firm with an easy cheerfulness.&nbsp; If Tamasese get up again (<i>gelingt
+die Wiederherstellung der Regierung Tamasese&rsquo;s</i>), Tamasese
+will have to pay.&nbsp; If not, then Mataafa.&nbsp; This is not the
+language of a partisan.&nbsp; The tone of indifference, the easy implication
+that the case of Tamasese was already desperate, the hopes held secretly
+forth to Mataafa and secretly reported to his government at home, trenchantly
+contrast with his external conduct.&nbsp; At this very time he was feeding
+Tamasese; he had German sailors mounting guard on Tamasese&rsquo;s battlements;
+the German war-ship lay close in, whether to help or to destroy.&nbsp;
+If he meant to drop the cause of Tamasese, he had him in a corner, helpless,
+and could stifle him without a sob.&nbsp; If he meant to rat, it was
+to be with every condition of safety and every circumstance of infamy.</p>
+<p>Was it conceivable, then, that he meant it?&nbsp; Speaking with a
+gentleman who was in the confidence of Dr. Knappe: &ldquo;Was it not
+a pity,&rdquo; I asked, &ldquo;that Knappe did not stick to Becker&rsquo;s
+policy of supporting Mataafa?&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;You are quite wrong
+there; that was not Knappe&rsquo;s doing,&rdquo; was the reply.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Becker had changed his mind before Knappe came.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Why, then, had he changed it?&nbsp; This excellent, if ignominious,
+idea once entertained, why was it let drop?&nbsp; It is to be remembered
+there was another German in the field, Brandeis, who had a respect,
+or rather, perhaps, an affection, for Tamasese, and who thought his
+own honour and that of his country engaged in the support of that government
+which they had provoked and founded.&nbsp; Becker described the captain
+to Laupepa as &ldquo;a quiet, sensible gentleman.&rdquo;&nbsp; If any
+word came to his ears of the intended manoeuvre, Brandeis would certainly
+show himself very sensible of the affront; but Becker might have been
+tempted to withdraw his former epithet of quiet.&nbsp; Some such passage,
+some such threatened change of front at the consulate, opposed with
+outcry, would explain what seems otherwise inexplicable, the bitter,
+indignant, almost hostile tone of a subsequent letter from Brandeis
+to Knappe&mdash;&ldquo;Brandeis&rsquo;s inflammatory letter,&rdquo;
+Bismarck calls it&mdash;the proximate cause of the German landing and
+reverse at Fangalii.</p>
+<p>But whether the advances of Becker were sincere or not&mdash;whether
+he meditated treachery against the old king or was practising treachery
+upon the new, and the choice is between one or other&mdash;no doubt
+but he contrived to gain his points with Mataafa, prevailing on him
+to change his camp for the better protection of the German plantations,
+and persuading him (long before he could persuade his brother consuls)
+to accept that miraculous new neutral territory of his, with a piece
+cut out for the immediate needs of Tamasese.</p>
+<p>During the rest of September, Tamasese continued to decline.&nbsp;
+On the 19th one village and half of another deserted him; on the 22nd
+two more.&nbsp; On the 21st the Mataafas burned his town of Leulumoenga,
+his own splendid house flaming with the rest; and there are few things
+of which a native thinks more, or has more reason to think well, than
+of a fine Samoan house.&nbsp; Tamasese women and children were marched
+up the same day from Atua, and handed over with their sleeping-mats
+to Mulinuu: a most unwelcome addition to a party already suffering from
+want.&nbsp; By the 20th, they were being watered from the <i>Adler</i>.&nbsp;
+On the 24th the Manono fleet of sixteen large boats, fortified and rendered
+unmanageable with tons of firewood, passed to windward to intercept
+supplies from Atua.&nbsp; By the 27th the hungry garrison flocked in
+great numbers to draw rations at the German firm.&nbsp; On the 28th
+the same business was repeated with a different issue.&nbsp; Mataafas
+crowded to look on; words were exchanged, blows followed; sticks, stones,
+and bottles were caught up; the detested Brandeis, at great risk, threw
+himself between the lines and expostulated with the Mataafas&mdash;his
+only personal appearance in the wars, if this could be called war.&nbsp;
+The same afternoon, the Tamasese boats got in with provisions, having
+passed to seaward of the lumbering Manono fleet; and from that day on,
+whether from a high degree of enterprise on the one side or a great
+lack of capacity on the other, supplies were maintained from the sea
+with regularity.&nbsp; Thus the spectacle of battle, or at least of
+riot, at the doors of the German firm was not repeated.&nbsp; But the
+memory must have hung heavy on the hearts, not of the Germans only,
+but of all Apia.&nbsp; The Samoans are a gentle race, gentler than any
+in Europe; we are often enough reminded of the circumstance, not always
+by their friends.&nbsp; But a mob is a mob, and a drunken mob is a drunken
+mob, and a drunken mob with weapons in its hands is a drunken mob with
+weapons in its hands, all the world over: elementary propositions, which
+some of us upon these islands might do worse than get by rote, but which
+must have been evident enough to Becker.&nbsp; And I am amazed by the
+man&rsquo;s constancy, that, even while blows were going at the door
+of that German firm which he was in Samoa to protect, he should have
+stuck to his demands.&nbsp; Ten days before, Blacklock had offered to
+recognise the old territory, including Mulinuu, and Becker had refused,
+and still in the midst of these &ldquo;alarums and excursions,&rdquo;
+he continued to refuse it.</p>
+<p>On October 2nd, anchored in Apia bay H.B.M.S. <i>Calliope</i>, Captain
+Kane, carrying the flag of Rear-Admiral Fairfax, and the gunboat <i>Lizard</i>,
+Lieutenant-Commander Pelly.&nbsp; It was rumoured the admiral had come
+to recognise the government of Tamasese, I believe in error.&nbsp; And
+at least the day for that was quite gone by; and he arrived not to salute
+the king&rsquo;s accession, but to arbitrate on his remains.&nbsp; A
+conference of the consuls and commanders met on board the <i>Calliope</i>,
+October 4th, Fritze alone being absent, although twice invited: the
+affair touched politics, his consul was to be there; and even if he
+came to the meeting (so he explained to Fairfax) he would have no voice
+in its deliberations.&nbsp; The parties were plainly marked out: Blacklock
+and Leary maintaining their offer of the old neutral territory, and
+probably willing to expand or to contract it to any conceivable extent,
+so long as Mulinuu was still included; Knappe offered (if the others
+liked) to include &ldquo;the whole eastern end of the island,&rdquo;
+but quite fixed upon the one point that Mulinuu should be left out;
+the English willing to meet either view, and singly desirous that Apia
+should be neutralised.&nbsp; The conclusion was foregone.&nbsp; Becker
+held a trump card in the consent of Mataafa; Blacklock and Leary stood
+alone, spoke with all ill grace, and could not long hold out.&nbsp;
+Becker had his way; and the neutral boundary was chosen just where he
+desired: across the isthmus, the firm within, Mulinuu without.&nbsp;
+He did not long enjoy the fruits of victory.</p>
+<p>On the 7th, three days after the meeting, one of the Scanlons (well-known
+and intelligent half-castes) came to Blacklock with a complaint.&nbsp;
+The Scanlon house stood on the hither side of the Tamasese breastwork,
+just inside the newly accepted territory, and within easy range of the
+firm.&nbsp; Armed men, to the number of a hundred, had issued from Mulinuu,
+had &ldquo;taken charge&rdquo; of the house, had pointed a gun at Scanlon&rsquo;s
+head, and had twice &ldquo;threatened to kill&rdquo; his pigs.&nbsp;
+I hear elsewhere of some effects (<i>Gegenst&auml;nde</i>) removed.&nbsp;
+At the best a very pale atrocity, though we shall find the word employed.&nbsp;
+Germans declare besides that Scanlon was no American subject; they declare
+the point had been decided by court-martial in 1875; that Blacklock
+had the decision in the consular archives; and that this was his reason
+for handing the affair to Leary.&nbsp; It is not necessary to suppose
+so.&nbsp; It is plain he thought little of the business; thought indeed
+nothing of it; except in so far as armed men had entered the neutral
+territory from Mulinuu; and it was on this ground alone, and the implied
+breach of Becker&rsquo;s engagement at the conference, that he invited
+Leary&rsquo;s attention to the tale.&nbsp; The impish ingenuity of the
+commander perceived in it huge possibilities of mischief.&nbsp; He took
+up the Scanlon outrage, the atrocity of the threatened pigs; and with
+that poor instrument&mdash;I am sure, to his own wonder&mdash;drove
+Tamasese out of Mulinuu.&nbsp; It was &ldquo;an intrigue,&rdquo; Becker
+complains.&nbsp; To be sure it was; but who was Becker to be complaining
+of intrigue?</p>
+<p>On the 7th Leary laid before Fritze the following conundrum: &ldquo;As
+the natives of Mulinuu appear to be under the protection of the Imperial
+German naval guard belonging to the vessel under your command, I have
+the honour to request you to inform me whether or not they are under
+such protection?&nbsp; Amicable relations,&rdquo; pursued the humorist,
+&ldquo;amicable relations exist between the government of the United
+States and His Imperial German Majesty&rsquo;s government, but we do
+not recognise Tamasese&rsquo;s government, and I am desirous of locating
+the responsibility for violations of American rights.&rdquo;&nbsp; Becker
+and Fritze lost no time in explanation or denial, but went straight
+to the root of the matter and sought to buy off Scanlon.&nbsp; Becker
+declares that every reparation was offered.&nbsp; Scanlon takes a pride
+to recapitulate the leases and the situations he refused, and the long
+interviews in which he was tempted and plied with drink by Becker or
+Beckmann of the firm.&nbsp; No doubt, in short, that he was offered
+reparation in reason and out of reason, and, being thoroughly primed,
+refused it all.&nbsp; Meantime some answer must be made to Leary; and
+Fritze repeated on the 8th his oft-repeated assurances that he was not
+authorised to deal with politics.&nbsp; The same day Leary retorted:
+&ldquo;The question is not one of diplomacy nor of politics.&nbsp; It
+is strictly one of military jurisdiction and responsibility.&nbsp; Under
+the shadow of the German fort at Mulinuu,&rdquo; continued the hyperbolical
+commander, &ldquo;atrocities have been committed. . . . And I again
+have the honour respectfully to request to be informed whether or not
+the armed natives at Mulinuu are under the protection of the Imperial
+German naval guard belonging to the vessel under your command.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+To this no answer was vouchsafed till the 11th, and then in the old
+terms; and meanwhile, on the 10th, Leary got into his gaiters&mdash;the
+sure sign, as was both said and sung aboard his vessel, of some desperate
+or some amusing service&mdash;and was set ashore at the Scanlons&rsquo;
+house.&nbsp; Of this he took possession at the head of an old woman
+and a mop, and was seen from the Tamasese breastwork directing operations
+and plainly preparing to install himself there in a military posture.&nbsp;
+So much he meant to be understood; so much he meant to carry out, and
+an armed party from the <i>Adams</i> was to have garrisoned on the morrow
+the scene of the atrocity.&nbsp; But there is no doubt he managed to
+convey more.&nbsp; No doubt he was a master in the art of loose speaking,
+and could always manage to be overheard when he wanted; and by this,
+or some other equally unofficial means, he spread the rumour that on
+the morrow he was to bombard.</p>
+<p>The proposed post, from its position, and from Leary&rsquo;s well-established
+character as an artist in mischief, must have been regarded by the Germans
+with uneasiness.&nbsp; In the bombardment we can scarce suppose them
+to have believed.&nbsp; But Tamasese must have both believed and trembled.&nbsp;
+The prestige of the European Powers was still unbroken.&nbsp; No native
+would then have dreamed of defying these colossal ships, worked by mysterious
+powers, and laden with outlandish instruments of death.&nbsp; None would
+have dreamed of resisting those strange but quite unrealised Great Powers,
+understood (with difficulty) to be larger than Tonga and Samoa put together,
+and known to be prolific of prints, knives, hard biscuit, picture-books,
+and other luxuries, as well as of overbearing men and inconsistent orders.&nbsp;
+Laupepa had fallen in ill-blood with one of them; his only idea of defence
+had been to throw himself in the arms of another; his name, his rank,
+and his great following had not been able to preserve him; and he had
+vanished from the eyes of men&mdash;as the Samoan thinks of it, beyond
+the sky.&nbsp; Asi, Maunga, Tuiletu-funga, had followed him in that
+new path of doom.&nbsp; We have seen how carefully Mataafa still walked,
+how he dared not set foot on the neutral territory till assured it was
+no longer sacred, how he withdrew from it again as soon as its sacredness
+had been restored, and at the bare word of a consul (however gilded
+with ambiguous promises) paused in his course of victory and left his
+rival unassailed in Mulinuu.&nbsp; And now it was the rival&rsquo;s
+turn.&nbsp; Hitherto happy in the continued support of one of the white
+Powers, he now found himself&mdash;or thought himself&mdash;threatened
+with war by no less than two others.</p>
+<p>Tamasese boats as they passed Matautu were in the habit of firing
+on the shore, as like as not without particular aim, and more in high
+spirits than hostility.&nbsp; One of these shots pierced the house of
+a British subject near the consulate; the consul reported to Admiral
+Fairfax; and, on the morning of the 10th, the admiral despatched Captain
+Kane of the <i>Calliope</i> to Mulinuu.&nbsp; Brandeis met the messenger
+with voluble excuses and engagements for the future.&nbsp; He was told
+his explanations were satisfactory so far as they went, but that the
+admiral&rsquo;s message was to Tamasese, the <i>de facto</i> king.&nbsp;
+Brandeis, not very well assured of his puppet&rsquo;s courage, attempted
+in vain to excuse him from appearing.&nbsp; No <i>de facto</i> king,
+no message, he was told: produce your <i>de facto</i> king.&nbsp; And
+Tamasese had at last to be produced.&nbsp; To him Kane delivered his
+errand: that the <i>Lizard</i> was to remain for the protection of British
+subjects; that a signalman was to be stationed at the consulate; that,
+on any further firing from boats, the signalman was to notify the <i>Lizard</i>
+and she to fire one gun, on which all boats must lower sail and come
+alongside for examination and the detection of the guilty; and that,
+&ldquo;in the event of the boats not obeying the gun, the admiral would
+not be responsible for the consequences.&rdquo;&nbsp; It was listened
+to by Brandeis and Tamasese &ldquo;with the greatest attention.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Brandeis, when it was done, desired his thanks to the admiral for the
+moderate terms of his message, and, as Kane went to his boat, repeated
+the expression of his gratitude as though he meant it, declaring his
+own hands would be thus strengthened for the maintenance of discipline.&nbsp;
+But I have yet to learn of any gratitude on the part of Tamasese.&nbsp;
+Consider the case of the poor owlish man hearing for the first time
+our diplomatic commonplaces.&nbsp; The admiral would not be answerable
+for the consequences.&nbsp; Think of it!&nbsp; A devil of a position
+for a <i>de facto</i> king.&nbsp; And here, the same afternoon, was
+Leary in the Scanlon house, mopping it out for unknown designs by the
+hands of an old woman, and proffering strange threats of bloodshed.&nbsp;
+Scanlon and his pigs, the admiral and his gun, Leary and his bombardment,&mdash;what
+a kettle of fish!</p>
+<p>I dwell on the effect on Tamasese.&nbsp; Whatever the faults of Becker,
+he was not timid; he had already braved so much for Mulinuu that I cannot
+but think he might have continued to hold up his head even after the
+outrage of the pigs, and that the weakness now shown originated with
+the king.&nbsp; Late in the night, Blacklock was wakened to receive
+a despatch addressed to Leary.&nbsp; &ldquo;You have asked that I and
+my government go away from Mulinuu, because you pretend a man who lives
+near Mulinuu and who is under your protection, has been threatened by
+my soldiers.&nbsp; As your Excellency has forbidden the man to accept
+any satisfaction, and as I do not wish to make war against the United
+States, I shall remove my government from Mulinuu to another place.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+It was signed by Tamasese, but I think more heads than his had wagged
+over the direct and able letter.&nbsp; On the morning of the 11th, accordingly,
+Mulinuu the much defended lay desert.&nbsp; Tamasese and Brandeis had
+slipped to sea in a schooner; their troops had followed them in boats;
+the German sailors and their war-flag had returned on board the <i>Adler</i>;
+and only the German merchant flag blew there for Weber&rsquo;s land-claim.&nbsp;
+Mulinuu, for which Becker had intrigued so long and so often, for which
+he had overthrown the municipality, for which he had abrogated and refused
+and invented successive schemes of neutral territory, was now no more
+to the Germans than a very unattractive, barren peninsula and a very
+much disputed land-claim of Mr. Weber&rsquo;s.&nbsp; It will scarcely
+be believed that the tale of the Scanlon outrages was not yet finished.&nbsp;
+Leary had gained his point, but Scanlon had lost his compensation.&nbsp;
+And it was months later, and this time in the shape of a threat of bombardment
+in black and white, that Tamasese heard the last of the absurd affair.&nbsp;
+Scanlon had both his fun and his money, and Leary&rsquo;s practical
+joke was brought to an artistic end.</p>
+<p>Becker sought and missed an instant revenge.&nbsp; Mataafa, a devout
+Catholic, was in the habit of walking every morning to mass from his
+camp at Vaiala beyond Matautu to the mission at the Mulivai.&nbsp; He
+was sometimes escorted by as many as six guards in uniform, who displayed
+their proficiency in drill by perpetually shifting arms as they marched.&nbsp;
+Himself, meanwhile, paced in front, bareheaded and barefoot, a staff
+in his hand, in the customary chief&rsquo;s dress of white kilt, shirt,
+and jacket, and with a conspicuous rosary about his neck.&nbsp; Tall
+but not heavy, with eager eyes and a marked appearance of courage and
+capacity, Mataafa makes an admirable figure in the eyes of Europeans;
+to those of his countrymen, he may seem not always to preserve that
+quiescence of manner which is thought becoming in the great.&nbsp; On
+the morning of October 16th he reached the mission before day with two
+attendants, heard mass, had coffee with the fathers, and left again
+in safety.&nbsp; The smallness of his following we may suppose to have
+been reported.&nbsp; He was scarce gone, at least, before Becker had
+armed men at the mission gate and came in person seeking him.</p>
+<p>The failure of this attempt doubtless still further exasperated the
+consul, and he began to deal as in an enemy&rsquo;s country.&nbsp; He
+had marines from the <i>Adler</i> to stand sentry over the consulate
+and parade the streets by threes and fours.&nbsp; The bridge of the
+Vaisingano, which cuts in half the English and American quarters, he
+closed by proclamation and advertised for tenders to demolish it.&nbsp;
+On the 17th Leary and Pelly landed carpenters and repaired it in his
+teeth.&nbsp; Leary, besides, had marines under arms, ready to land them
+if it should be necessary to protect the work.&nbsp; But Becker looked
+on without interference, perhaps glad enough to have the bridge repaired;
+for even Becker may not always have offended intentionally.&nbsp; Such
+was now the distracted posture of the little town: all government extinct,
+the German consul patrolling it with armed men and issuing proclamations
+like a ruler, the two other Powers defying his commands, and at least
+one of them prepared to use force in the defiance.&nbsp; Close on its
+skirts sat the warriors of Mataafa, perhaps four thousand strong, highly
+incensed against the Germans, having all to gain in the seizure of the
+town and firm, and, like an army in a fairy tale, restrained by the
+air-drawn boundary of the neutral ground.</p>
+<p>I have had occasion to refer to the strange appearance in these islands
+of an American adventurer with a battery of cannon.&nbsp; The adventurer
+was long since gone, but his guns remained, and one of them was now
+to make fresh history.&nbsp; It had been cast overboard by Brandeis
+on the outer reef in the course of this retreat; and word of it coming
+to the ears of the Mataafas, they thought it natural that they should
+serve themselves the heirs of Tamasese.&nbsp; On the 23rd a Manono boat
+of the kind called <i>taumualua</i> dropped down the coast from Mataafa&rsquo;s
+camp, called in broad day at the German quarter of the town for guides,
+and proceeded to the reef.&nbsp; Here, diving with a rope, they got
+the gun aboard; and the night being then come, returned by the same
+route in the shallow water along shore, singing a boat-song.&nbsp; It
+will be seen with what childlike reliance they had accepted the neutrality
+of Apia bay; they came for the gun without concealment, laboriously
+dived for it in broad day under the eyes of the town and shipping, and
+returned with it, singing as they went.&nbsp; On Grevsm&uuml;hl&rsquo;s
+wharf, a light showed them a crowd of German blue-jackets clustered,
+and a hail was heard.&nbsp; &ldquo;Stop the singing so that we may hear
+what is said,&rdquo; said one of the chiefs in the <i>taumualua</i>.&nbsp;
+The song ceased; the hail was heard again, &ldquo;<i>Au mai le fana</i>&mdash;bring
+the gun&rdquo;; and the natives report themselves to have replied in
+the affirmative, and declare that they had begun to back the boat.&nbsp;
+It is perhaps not needful to believe them.&nbsp; A volley at least was
+fired from the wharf, at about fifty yards&rsquo; range and with a very
+ill direction, one bullet whistling over Pelly&rsquo;s head on board
+the <i>Lizard</i>.&nbsp; The natives jumped overboard; and swimming
+under the lee of the <i>taumualua</i> (where they escaped a second volley)
+dragged her towards the east.&nbsp; As soon as they were out of range
+and past the Mulivai, the German border, they got on board and (again
+singing&mdash;though perhaps a different song) continued their return
+along the English and American shore.&nbsp; Off Matautu they were hailed
+from the seaward by one of the <i>Adler&rsquo;s</i> boats, which had
+been suddenly despatched on the sound of the firing or had stood ready
+all evening to secure the gun.&nbsp; The hail was in German; the Samoans
+knew not what it meant, but took the precaution to jump overboard and
+swim for land.&nbsp; Two volleys and some dropping shot were poured
+upon them in the water; but they dived, scattered, and came to land
+unhurt in different quarters of Matautu.&nbsp; The volleys, fired inshore,
+raked the highway, a British house was again pierced by numerous bullets,
+and these sudden sounds of war scattered consternation through the town.</p>
+<p>Two British subjects, Hetherington-Carruthers, a solicitor, and Maben,
+a land-surveyor&mdash;the first being in particular a man well versed
+in the native mind and language&mdash;hastened at once to their consul;
+assured him the Mataafas would be roused to fury by this onslaught in
+the neutral zone, that the German quarter would be certainly attacked,
+and the rest of the town and white inhabitants exposed to a peril very
+difficult of estimation; and prevailed upon him to intrust them with
+a mission to the king.&nbsp; By the time they reached headquarters,
+the warriors were already taking post round Matafele, and the agitation
+of Mataafa himself was betrayed in the fact that he spoke with the deputation
+standing and gun in hand: a breach of high-chief dignity perhaps unparalleled.&nbsp;
+The usual result, however, followed: the whites persuaded the Samoan;
+and the attack was countermanded, to the benefit of all concerned, and
+not least of Mataafa.&nbsp; To the benefit of all, I say; for I do not
+think the Germans were that evening in a posture to resist; the liquor-cellars
+of the firm must have fallen into the power of the insurgents; and I
+will repeat my formula that a mob is a mob, a drunken mob is a drunken
+mob, and a drunken mob with weapons in its hands is a drunken mob with
+weapons in its hands, all the world over.</p>
+<p>In the opinion of some, then, the town had narrowly escaped destruction,
+or at least the miseries of a drunken sack.&nbsp; To the knowledge of
+all, the air of the neutral territory had once more whistled with bullets.&nbsp;
+And it was clear the incident must have diplomatic consequences.&nbsp;
+Leary and Pelly both protested to Fritze.&nbsp; Leary announced he should
+report the affair to his government &ldquo;as a gross violation of the
+principles of international law, and as a breach of the neutrality.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+&ldquo;I positively decline the protest,&rdquo; replied Fritze, &ldquo;and
+cannot fail to express my astonishment at the tone of your last letter.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+This was trenchant.&nbsp; It may be said, however, that Leary was already
+out of court; that, after the night signals and the Scanlon incident,
+and so many other acts of practical if humorous hostility, his position
+as a neutral was no better than a doubtful jest.&nbsp; The case with
+Pelly was entirely different; and with Pelly, Fritze was less well inspired.&nbsp;
+In his first note, he was on the old guard; announced that he had acted
+on the requisition of his consul, who was alone responsible on &ldquo;the
+legal side&rdquo;; and declined accordingly to discuss &ldquo;whether
+the lives of British subjects were in danger, and to what extent armed
+intervention was necessary.&rdquo;&nbsp; Pelly replied judiciously that
+he had nothing to do with political matters, being only responsible
+for the safety of Her Majesty&rsquo;s ships under his command and for
+the lives and property of British subjects; that he had considered his
+protest a purely naval one; and as the matter stood could only report
+the case to the admiral on the station.&nbsp; &ldquo;I have the honour,&rdquo;
+replied Fritze, &ldquo;to refuse to entertain the protest concerning
+the safety of Her Britannic Majesty&rsquo;s ship <i>Lizard</i> as being
+a naval matter.&nbsp; The safety of Her Majesty&rsquo;s ship <i>Lizard</i>
+was never in the least endangered.&nbsp; This was guaranteed by the
+disciplined fire of a few shots under the direction of two officers.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+This offensive note, in view of Fritze&rsquo;s careful and honest bearing
+among so many other complications, may be attributed to some misunderstanding.&nbsp;
+His small knowledge of English perhaps failed him.&nbsp; But I cannot
+pass it by without remarking how far too much it is the custom of German
+officials to fall into this style.&nbsp; It may be witty, I am sure
+it is not wise.&nbsp; It may be sometimes necessary to offend for a
+definite object, it can never be diplomatic to offend gratuitously.</p>
+<p>Becker was more explicit, although scarce less curt.&nbsp; And his
+defence may be divided into two statements: first, that the <i>taumualua</i>
+was proceeding to land with a hostile purpose on Mulinuu; second, that
+the shots complained of were fired by the Samoans.&nbsp; The second
+may be dismissed with a laugh.&nbsp; Human nature has laws.&nbsp; And
+no men hitherto discovered, on being suddenly challenged from the sea,
+would have turned their backs upon the challenger and poured volleys
+on the friendly shore.&nbsp; The first is not extremely credible, but
+merits examination.&nbsp; The story of the recovered gun seems straightforward;
+it is supported by much testimony, the diving operations on the reef
+seem to have been watched from shore with curiosity; it is hard to suppose
+that it does not roughly represent the fact.&nbsp; And yet if any part
+of it be true, the whole of Becker&rsquo;s explanation falls to the
+ground.&nbsp; A boat which had skirted the whole eastern coast of Mulinuu,
+and was already opposite a wharf in Matafele, and still going west,
+might have been guilty on a thousand points&mdash;there was one on which
+she was necessarily innocent; she was necessarily innocent of proceeding
+on Mulinuu.&nbsp; Or suppose the diving operations, and the native testimony,
+and Pelly&rsquo;s chart of the boat&rsquo;s course, and the boat itself,
+to be all stages of some epidemic hallucination or steps in a conspiracy&mdash;suppose
+even a second <i>taumualua</i> to have entered Apia bay after nightfall,
+and to have been fired upon from Grevsm&uuml;hl&rsquo;s wharf in the
+full career of hostilities against Mulinuu&mdash;suppose all this, and
+Becker is not helped.&nbsp; At the time of the first fire, the boat
+was off Grevsm&uuml;hl&rsquo;s wharf.&nbsp; At the time of the second
+(and that is the one complained of) she was off Carruthers&rsquo;s wharf
+in Matautu.&nbsp; Was she still proceeding on Mulinuu?&nbsp; I trow
+not.&nbsp; The danger to German property was no longer imminent, the
+shots had been fired upon a very trifling provocation, the spirit implied
+was that of designed disregard to the neutrality.&nbsp; Such was the
+impression here on the spot; such in plain terms the statement of Count
+Hatzfeldt to Lord Salisbury at home: that the neutrality of Apia was
+only &ldquo;to prevent the natives from fighting,&rdquo; not the Germans;
+and that whatever Becker might have promised at the conference, he could
+not &ldquo;restrict German war-vessels in their freedom of action.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>There was nothing to surprise in this discovery; and had events been
+guided at the same time with a steady and discreet hand, it might have
+passed with less observation.&nbsp; But the policy of Becker was felt
+to be not only reckless, it was felt to be absurd also.&nbsp; Sudden
+nocturnal onfalls upon native boats could lead, it was felt, to no good
+end whether of peace or war; they could but exasperate; they might prove,
+in a moment, and when least expected, ruinous.&nbsp; To those who knew
+how nearly it had come to fighting, and who considered the probable
+result, the future looked ominous.&nbsp; And fear was mingled with annoyance
+in the minds of the Anglo-Saxon colony.&nbsp; On the 24th, a public
+meeting appealed to the British and American consuls.&nbsp; At half-past
+seven in the evening guards were landed at the consulates.&nbsp; On
+the morrow they were each fortified with sand-bags; and the subjects
+informed by proclamation that these asylums stood open to them on any
+alarm, and at any hour of the day or night.&nbsp; The social bond in
+Apia was dissolved.&nbsp; The consuls, like barons of old, dwelt each
+in his armed citadel.&nbsp; The rank and file of the white nationalities
+dared each other, and sometimes fell to on the street like rival clansmen.&nbsp;
+And the little town, not by any fault of the inhabitants, rather by
+the act of Becker, had fallen back in civilisation about a thousand
+years.</p>
+<p>There falls one more incident to be narrated, and then I can close
+with this ungracious chapter.&nbsp; I have mentioned the name of the
+new English consul.&nbsp; It is already familiar to English readers;
+for the gentleman who was fated to undergo some strange experiences
+in Apia was the same de Coetlogon who covered Hicks&rsquo;s flank at
+the time of the disaster in the desert, and bade farewell to Gordon
+in Khartoum before the investment.&nbsp; The colonel was abrupt and
+testy; Mrs. de Coetlogon was too exclusive for society like that of
+Apia; but whatever their superficial disabilities, it is strange they
+should have left, in such an odour of unpopularity, a place where they
+set so shining an example of the sterling virtues.&nbsp; The colonel
+was perhaps no diplomatist; he was certainly no lawyer; but he discharged
+the duties of his office with the constancy and courage of an old soldier,
+and these were found sufficient.&nbsp; He and his wife had no ambition
+to be the leaders of society; the consulate was in their time no house
+of feasting; but they made of it that house of mourning to which the
+preacher tells us it is better we should go.&nbsp; At an early date
+after the battle of Matautu, it was opened as a hospital for the wounded.&nbsp;
+The English and Americans subscribed what was required for its support.&nbsp;
+Pelly of the <i>Lizard</i> strained every nerve to help, and set up
+tents on the lawn to be a shelter for the patients.&nbsp; The doctors
+of the English and American ships, and in particular Dr. Oakley of the
+<i>Lizard</i>, showed themselves indefatigable.&nbsp; But it was on
+the de Coetlogons that the distress fell.&nbsp; For nearly half a year,
+their lawn, their verandah, sometimes their rooms, were cumbered with
+the sick and dying, their ears were filled with the complaints of suffering
+humanity, their time was too short for the multiplicity of pitiful duties.&nbsp;
+In Mrs. de Coetlogon, and her helper, Miss Taylor, the merit of this
+endurance was perhaps to be looked for; in a man of the colonel&rsquo;s
+temper, himself painfully suffering, it was viewed with more surprise,
+if with no more admiration.&nbsp; Doubtless all had their reward in
+a sense of duty done; doubtless, also, as the days passed, in the spectacle
+of many traits of gratitude and patience, and in the success that waited
+on their efforts.&nbsp; Out of a hundred cases treated, only five died.&nbsp;
+They were all well-behaved, though full of childish wiles.&nbsp; One
+old gentleman, a high chief, was seized with alarming symptoms of belly-ache
+whenever Mrs. de Coetlogon went her rounds at night: he was after brandy.&nbsp;
+Others were insatiable for morphine or opium.&nbsp; A chief woman had
+her foot amputated under chloroform.&nbsp; &ldquo;Let me see my foot!&nbsp;
+Why does it not hurt?&rdquo; she cried.&nbsp; &ldquo;It hurt so badly
+before I went to sleep.&rdquo;&nbsp; Siteoni, whose name has been already
+mentioned, had his shoulder-blade excised, lay the longest of any, perhaps
+behaved the worst, and was on all these grounds the favourite.&nbsp;
+At times he was furiously irritable, and would rail upon his family
+and rise in bed until he swooned with pain.&nbsp; Once on the balcony
+he was thought to be dying, his family keeping round his mat, his father
+exhorting him to be prepared, when Mrs. de Coetlogon brought him round
+again with brandy and smelling-salts.&nbsp; After discharge, he returned
+upon a visit of gratitude; and it was observed, that instead of coming
+straight to the door, he went and stood long under his umbrella on that
+spot of ground where his mat had been stretched and he had endured pain
+so many months.&nbsp; Similar visits were the rule, I believe without
+exception; and the grateful patients loaded Mrs. de Coetlogon with gifts
+which (had that been possible in Polynesia) she would willingly have
+declined, for they were often of value to the givers.</p>
+<p>The tissue of my story is one of rapacity, intrigue, and the triumphs
+of temper; the hospital at the consulate stands out almost alone as
+an episode of human beauty, and I dwell on it with satisfaction.&nbsp;
+But it was not regarded at the time with universal favour; and even
+to-day its institution is thought by many to have been impolitic.&nbsp;
+It was opened, it stood open, for the wounded of either party.&nbsp;
+As a matter of fact it was never used but by the Mataafas, and the Tamaseses
+were cared for exclusively by German doctors.&nbsp; In the progressive
+decivilisation of the town, these duties of humanity became thus a ground
+of quarrel.&nbsp; When the Mataafa hurt were first brought together
+after the battle of Matautu, and some more or less amateur surgeons
+were dressing wounds on a green by the wayside, one from the German
+consulate went by in the road.&nbsp; &ldquo;Why don&rsquo;t you let
+the dogs die?&rdquo; he asked.&nbsp; &ldquo;Go to hell,&rdquo; was the
+rejoinder.&nbsp; Such were the amenities of Apia.&nbsp; But Becker reserved
+for himself the extreme expression of this spirit.&nbsp; On November
+7th hostilities began again between the Samoan armies, and an inconclusive
+skirmish sent a fresh crop of wounded to the de Coetlogons.&nbsp; Next
+door to the consulate, some native houses and a chapel (now ruinous)
+stood on a green.&nbsp; Chapel and houses were certainly Samoan, but
+the ground was under a land-claim of the German firm; and de Coetlogon
+wrote to Becker requesting permission (in case it should prove necessary)
+to use these structures for his wounded.&nbsp; Before an answer came,
+the hospital was startled by the appearance of a case of gangrene, and
+the patient was hastily removed into the chapel.&nbsp; A rebel laid
+on German ground&mdash;here was an atrocity!&nbsp; The day before his
+own relief, November 11th, Becker ordered the man&rsquo;s instant removal.&nbsp;
+By his aggressive carriage and singular mixture of violence and cunning,
+he had already largely brought about the fall of Brandeis, and forced
+into an attitude of hostility the whole non-German population of the
+islands.&nbsp; Now, in his last hour of office, by this wanton buffet
+to his English colleague, he prepared a continuance of evil days for
+his successor.&nbsp; If the object of diplomacy be the organisation
+of failure in the midst of hate, he was a great diplomatist.&nbsp; And
+amongst a certain party on the beach he is still named as the ideal
+consul.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VII&mdash;THE SAMOAN CAMPS</h2>
+<p><i>November</i> 1888</p>
+<p>When Brandeis and Tamasese fled by night from Mulinuu, they carried
+their wandering government some six miles to windward, to a position
+above Lotoanuu.&nbsp; For some three miles to the eastward of Apia,
+the shores of Upolu are low and the ground rises with a gentle acclivity,
+much of which waves with German plantations.&nbsp; A barrier reef encloses
+a lagoon passable for boats: and the traveller skims there, on smooth,
+many-tinted shallows, between the wall of the breakers on the one hand,
+and on the other a succession of palm-tree capes and cheerful beach-side
+villages.&nbsp; Beyond the great plantation of Vailele, the character
+of the coast is changed.&nbsp; The barrier reef abruptly ceases, the
+surf beats direct upon the shore; and the mountains and untenanted forest
+of the interior descend sheer into the sea.&nbsp; The first mountain
+promontory is Letongo.&nbsp; The bay beyond is called Laulii, and became
+the headquarters of Mataafa.&nbsp; And on the next projection, on steep,
+intricate ground, veiled in forest and cut up by gorges and defiles,
+Tamasese fortified his lines.&nbsp; This greenwood citadel, which proved
+impregnable by Samoan arms, may be regarded as his front; the sea covered
+his right; and his rear extended along the coast as far as Saluafata,
+and thus commanded and drew upon a rich country, including the plain
+of Falef&aacute;.</p>
+<p>He was left in peace from 11th October till November 6th.&nbsp; But
+his adversary is not wholly to be blamed for this delay, which depended
+upon island etiquette.&nbsp; His Savaii contingent had not yet come
+in, and to have moved again without waiting for them would have been
+surely to offend, perhaps to lose them.&nbsp; With the month of November
+they began to arrive: on the 2nd twenty boats, on the 3rd twenty-nine,
+on the 5th seventeen.&nbsp; On the 6th the position Mataafa had so long
+occupied on the skirts of Apia was deserted; all that day and night
+his force kept streaming eastward to Laulii; and on the 7th the siege
+of Lotoanuu was opened with a brisk skirmish.</p>
+<p>Each side built forts, facing across the gorge of a brook.&nbsp;
+An endless fusillade and shouting maintained the spirit of the warriors;
+and at night, even if the firing slackened, the pickets continued to
+exchange from either side volleys of songs and pungent pleasantries.&nbsp;
+Nearer hostilities were rendered difficult by the nature of the ground,
+where men must thread dense bush and clamber on the face of precipices.&nbsp;
+Apia was near enough; a man, if he had a dollar or two, could walk in
+before a battle and array himself in silk or velvet.&nbsp; Casualties
+were not common; there was nothing to cast gloom upon the camps, and
+no more danger than was required to give a spice to the perpetual firing.&nbsp;
+For the young warriors it was a period of admirable enjoyment.&nbsp;
+But the anxiety of Mataafa must have been great and growing.&nbsp; His
+force was now considerable.&nbsp; It was scarce likely he should ever
+have more.&nbsp; That he should be long able to supply them with ammunition
+seemed incredible; at the rates then or soon after current, hundreds
+of pounds sterling might be easily blown into the air by the skirmishers
+in the course of a few days.&nbsp; And in the meanwhile, on the mountain
+opposite, his outnumbered adversary held his ground unshaken.</p>
+<p>By this time the partisanship of the whites was unconcealed.&nbsp;
+Americans supplied Mataafa with ammunition; English and Americans openly
+subscribed together and sent boat-loads of provisions to his camp.&nbsp;
+One such boat started from Apia on a day of rain; it was pulled by six
+oars, three being paid by Moors, three by the MacArthurs; Moors himself
+and a clerk of the MacArthurs&rsquo; were in charge; and the load included
+not only beef and biscuit, but three or four thousand rounds of ammunition.&nbsp;
+They came ashore in Laulii, and carried the gift to Mataafa.&nbsp; While
+they were yet in his house a bullet passed overhead; and out of his
+door they could see the Tamasese pickets on the opposite hill.&nbsp;
+Thence they made their way to the left flank of the Mataafa position
+next the sea.&nbsp; A Tamasese barricade was visible across the stream.&nbsp;
+It rained, but the warriors crowded in their shanties, squatted in the
+mud, and maintained an excited conversation.&nbsp; Balls flew; either
+faction, both happy as lords, spotting for the other in chance shots,
+and missing.&nbsp; One point is characteristic of that war; experts
+in native feeling doubt if it will characterise the next.&nbsp; The
+two white visitors passed without and between the lines to a rocky point
+upon the beach.&nbsp; The person of Moors was well known; the purpose
+of their coming to Laulii must have been already bruited abroad; yet
+they were not fired upon.&nbsp; From the point they spied a crow&rsquo;s
+nest, or hanging fortification, higher up; and, judging it was a good
+position for a general view, obtained a guide.&nbsp; He led them up
+a steep side of the mountain, where they must climb by roots and tufts
+of grass; and coming to an open hill-top with some scattered trees,
+bade them wait, let him draw the fire, and then be swift to follow.&nbsp;
+Perhaps a dozen balls whistled about him ere he had crossed the dangerous
+passage and dropped on the farther side into the crow&rsquo;s-nest;
+the white men, briskly following, escaped unhurt.&nbsp; The crow&rsquo;s-nest
+was built like a bartizan on the precipitous front of the position.&nbsp;
+Across the ravine, perhaps at five hundred yards, heads were to be seen
+popping up and down in a fort of Tamesese&rsquo;s.&nbsp; On both sides
+the same enthusiasm without council, the same senseless vigilance, reigned.&nbsp;
+Some took aim; some blazed before them at a venture.&nbsp; Now&mdash;when
+a head showed on the other side&mdash;one would take a crack at it,
+remarking that it would never do to &ldquo;miss a chance.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Now they would all fire a volley and bob down; a return volley rang
+across the ravine, and was punctually answered: harmless as lawn-tennis.&nbsp;
+The whites expostulated in vain.&nbsp; The warriors, drunken with noise,
+made answer by a fresh general discharge and bade their visitors run
+while it was time.&nbsp; Upon their return to headquarters, men were
+covering the front with sheets of coral limestone, two balls having
+passed through the house in the interval.&nbsp; Mataafa sat within,
+over his kava bowl, unmoved.&nbsp; The picture is of a piece throughout:
+excellent courage, super-excellent folly, a war of school-children;
+expensive guns and cartridges used like squibs or catherine-wheels on
+Guy Fawkes&rsquo;s Day.</p>
+<p>On the 20th Mataafa changed his attack.&nbsp; Tamasese&rsquo;s front
+was seemingly impregnable.&nbsp; Something must be tried upon his rear.&nbsp;
+There was his bread-basket; a small success in that direction would
+immediately curtail his resources; and it might be possible with energy
+to roll up his line along the beach and take the citadel in reverse.&nbsp;
+The scheme was carried out as might be expected from these childish
+soldiers.&nbsp; Mataafa, always uneasy about Apia, clung with a portion
+of his force to Laulii; and thus, had the foe been enterprising, exposed
+himself to disaster.&nbsp; The expedition fell successfully enough on
+Saluafata and drove out the Tamaseses with a loss of four heads; but
+so far from improving the advantage, yielded immediately to the weakness
+of the Samoan warrior, and ranged farther east through unarmed populations,
+bursting with shouts and blackened faces into villages terrified or
+admiring, making spoil of pigs, burning houses, and destroying gardens.&nbsp;
+The Tamasese had at first evacuated several beach towns in succession,
+and were still in retreat on Lotoanuu; finding themselves unpursued,
+they reoccupied them one after another, and re-established their lines
+to the very borders of Saluafata.&nbsp; Night fell; Mataafa had taken
+Saluafata, Tamasese had lost it; and that was all.&nbsp; But the day
+came near to have a different and very singular issue.&nbsp; The village
+was not long in the hands of the Mataafas, when a schooner, flying German
+colours, put into the bay and was immediately surrounded by their boats.&nbsp;
+It chanced that Brandeis was on board.&nbsp; Word of it had gone abroad,
+and the boats as they approached demanded him with threats.&nbsp; The
+late premier, alone, entirely unarmed, and a prey to natural and painful
+feelings, concealed himself below.&nbsp; The captain of the schooner
+remained on deck, pointed to the German colours, and defied approaching
+boats.&nbsp; Again the prestige of a great Power triumphed; the Samoans
+fell back before the bunting; the schooner worked out of the bay; Brandeis
+escaped.&nbsp; He himself apprehended the worst if he fell into Samoan
+hands; it is my diffident impression that his life would have been safe.</p>
+<p>On the 22nd, a new German war-ship, the <i>Eber</i>, of tragic memory,
+came to Apia from the Gilberts, where she had been disarming turbulent
+islands.&nbsp; The rest of that day and all night she loaded stores
+from the firm, and on the morrow reached Saluafata bay.&nbsp; Thanks
+to the misconduct of the Mataafas, the most of the foreshore was still
+in the hands of the Tamaseses; and they were thus able to receive from
+the <i>Eber</i> both the stores and weapons.&nbsp; The weapons had been
+sold long since to Tarawa, Apaiang, and Pleasant Island; places unheard
+of by the general reader, where obscure inhabitants paid for these instruments
+of death in money or in labour, misused them as it was known they would
+be misused, and had been disarmed by force.&nbsp; The <i>Eber</i> had
+brought back the guns to a German counter, whence many must have been
+originally sold; and was here engaged, like a shopboy, in their distribution
+to fresh purchasers.&nbsp; Such is the vicious circle of the traffic
+in weapons of war.&nbsp; Another aid of a more metaphysical nature was
+ministered by the <i>Eber</i> to Tamasese, in the shape of uncountable
+German flags.&nbsp; The full history of this epidemic of bunting falls
+to be told in the next chapter.&nbsp; But the fact has to be chronicled
+here, for I believe it was to these flags that we owe the visit of the
+<i>Adams</i>, and my next and best authentic glance into a native camp.&nbsp;
+The <i>Adams</i> arrived in Saluafata on the 26th.&nbsp; On the morrow
+Leary and Moors landed at the village.&nbsp; It was still occupied by
+Mataafas, mostly from Manono and Savaii, few in number, high in spirit.&nbsp;
+The Tamasese pickets were meanwhile within musket range; there was maintained
+a steady sputtering of shots; and yet a party of Tamasese women were
+here on a visit to the women of Manono, with whom they sat talking and
+smoking, under the fire of their own relatives.&nbsp; It was reported
+that Leary took part in a council of war, and promised to join with
+his broadside in the next attack.&nbsp; It is certain he did nothing
+of the sort: equally certain that, in Tamasese circles, he was firmly
+credited with having done so.&nbsp; And this heightens the extraordinary
+character of what I have now to tell.&nbsp; Prudence and delicacy alike
+ought to have forbid the camp of Tamasese to the feet of either Leary
+or Moors.&nbsp; Moors was the original&mdash;there was a time when he
+had been the only&mdash;opponent of the puppet king.&nbsp; Leary had
+driven him from the seat of government; it was but a week or two since
+he had threatened to bombard him in his present refuge.&nbsp; Both were
+in close and daily council with his adversary, and it was no secret
+that Moors was supplying the latter with food.&nbsp; They were partisans;
+it lacked but a hair that they should be called belligerents; it were
+idle to try to deny they were the most dangerous of spies.&nbsp; And
+yet these two now sailed across the bay and landed inside the Tamasese
+lines at Salelesi.&nbsp; On the very beach they had another glimpse
+of the artlessness of Samoan war.&nbsp; Hitherto the Tamasese fleet,
+being hardy and unencumbered, had made a fool of the huge floating forts
+upon the other side; and here they were toiling, not to produce another
+boat on their own pattern in which they had always enjoyed the advantage,
+but to make a new one the type of their enemies&rsquo;, of which they
+had now proved the uselessness for months.&nbsp; It came on to rain
+as the Americans landed; and though none offered to oppose their coming
+ashore, none invited them to take shelter.&nbsp; They were nowise abashed,
+entered a house unbidden, and were made welcome with obvious reserve.&nbsp;
+The rain clearing off, they set forth westward, deeper into the heart
+of the enemies&rsquo; position.&nbsp; Three or four young men ran some
+way before them, doubtless to give warning; and Leary, with his indomitable
+taste for mischief, kept inquiring as he went after &ldquo;the high
+chief&rdquo; Tamasese.&nbsp; The line of the beach was one continuous
+breastwork; some thirty odd iron cannon of all sizes and patterns stood
+mounted in embrasures; plenty grape and canister lay ready; and at every
+hundred yards or so the German flag was flying.&nbsp; The numbers of
+the guns and flags I give as I received them, though they test my faith.&nbsp;
+At the house of Brandeis&mdash;a little, weatherboard house, crammed
+at the time with natives, men, women, and squalling children&mdash;Leary
+and Moors again asked for &ldquo;the high chief,&rdquo; and, were again
+assured that he was farther on.&nbsp; A little beyond, the road ran
+in one place somewhat inland, the two Americans had gone down to the
+line of the beach to continue their inspection of the breastwork, when
+Brandeis himself, in his shirt-sleeves and accompanied by several German
+officers, passed them by the line of the road.&nbsp; The two parties
+saluted in silence.&nbsp; Beyond Eva Point there was an observable change
+for the worse in the reception of the Americans; some whom they met
+began to mutter at Moors; and the adventurers, with tardy but commendable
+prudence, desisted from their search after the high chief, and began
+to retrace their steps.&nbsp; On the return, Suatele and some chiefs
+were drinking kava in a &ldquo;big house,&rdquo; and called them in
+to join&mdash;their only invitation.&nbsp; But the night was closing,
+the rain had begun again: they stayed but for civility, and returned
+on board the <i>Adams</i>, wet and hungry, and I believe delighted with
+their expedition.&nbsp; It was perhaps the last as it was certainly
+one of the most extreme examples of that divinity which once hedged
+the white in Samoa.&nbsp; The feeling was already different in the camp
+of Mataafa, where the safety of a German loiterer had been a matter
+of extreme concern.&nbsp; Ten days later, three commissioners, an Englishman,
+an American, and a German, approached a post of Mataafas, were challenged
+by an old man with a gun, and mentioned in answer what they were.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;<i>Ifea Siamani</i>?&nbsp; Which is the German?&rdquo; cried
+the old gentleman, dancing, and with his finger on the trigger; and
+the commissioners stood somewhile in a very anxious posture, till they
+were released by the opportune arrival of a chief.&nbsp; It was November
+the 27th when Leary and Moors completed their absurd excursion; in about
+three weeks an event was to befall which changed at once, and probably
+for ever, the relations of the natives and the whites.</p>
+<p>By the 28th Tamasese had collected seventeen hundred men in the trenches
+before Saluafata, thinking to attack next day.&nbsp; But the Mataafas
+evacuated the place in the night.&nbsp; At half-past five on the morning
+of the 29th a signal-gun was fired in the trenches at Laulii, and the
+Tamasese citadel was assaulted and defended with a fury new among Samoans.&nbsp;
+When the battle ended on the following day, one or more outworks remained
+in the possession of Mataafa.&nbsp; Another had been taken and lost
+as many as four times.&nbsp; Carried originally by a mixed force from
+Savaii and Tuamasanga, the victors, instead of completing fresh defences
+or pursuing their advantage, fell to eat and smoke and celebrate their
+victory with impromptu songs.&nbsp; In this humour a rally of the Tamaseses
+smote them, drove them out pell-mell, and tumbled them into the ravine,
+where many broke their heads and legs.&nbsp; Again the work was taken,
+again lost.&nbsp; Ammunition failed the belligerents; and they fought
+hand to hand in the contested fort with axes, clubs, and clubbed rifles.&nbsp;
+The sustained ardour of the engagement surprised even those who were
+engaged; and the butcher&rsquo;s bill was counted extraordinary by Samoans.&nbsp;
+On December 1st the women of either side collected the headless bodies
+of the dead, each easily identified by the name tattooed on his forearm.&nbsp;
+Mataafa is thought to have lost sixty killed; and the de Coetlogons&rsquo;
+hospital received three women and forty men.&nbsp; The casualties on
+the Tamasese side cannot be accepted, but they were presumably much
+less.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII&mdash;AFFAIRS OF LAULII AND FANGALII</h2>
+<p><i>November-December</i> 1888</p>
+<p>For Becker I have not been able to conceal my distaste, for he seems
+to me both false and foolish.&nbsp; But of his successor, the unfortunately
+famous Dr. Knappe, we may think as of a good enough fellow driven distraught.&nbsp;
+Fond of Samoa and the Samoans, he thought to bring peace and enjoy popularity
+among the islanders; of a genial, amiable, and sanguine temper, he made
+no doubt but he could repair the breach with the English consul.&nbsp;
+Hope told a flattering tale.&nbsp; He awoke to find himself exchanging
+defiances with de Coetlogon, beaten in the field by Mataafa, surrounded
+on the spot by general exasperation, and disowned from home by his own
+government.&nbsp; The history of his administration leaves on the mind
+of the student a sentiment of pity scarcely mingled.</p>
+<p>On Blacklock he did not call, and, in view of Leary&rsquo;s attitude,
+may be excused.&nbsp; But the English consul was in a different category.&nbsp;
+England, weary of the name of Samoa, and desirous only to see peace
+established, was prepared to wink hard during the process and to welcome
+the result of any German settlement.&nbsp; It was an unpardonable fault
+in Becker to have kicked and buffeted his ready-made allies into a state
+of jealousy, anger, and suspicion.&nbsp; Knappe set himself at once
+to efface these impressions, and the English officials rejoiced for
+the moment in the change.&nbsp; Between Knappe and de Coetlogon there
+seems to have been mutual sympathy; and, in considering the steps by
+which they were led at last into an attitude of mutual defiance, it
+must be remembered that both the men were sick,&mdash;Knappe from time
+to time prostrated with that formidable complaint, New Guinea fever,
+and de Coetlogon throughout his whole stay in the islands continually
+ailing.</p>
+<p>Tamasese was still to be recognised, and, if possible, supported:
+such was the German policy.&nbsp; Two days after his arrival, accordingly,
+Knappe addressed to Mataafa a threatening despatch.&nbsp; The German
+plantation was suffering from the proximity of his &ldquo;war-party.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+He must withdraw from Laulii at once, and, whithersoever he went, he
+must approach no German property nor so much as any village where there
+was a German trader.&nbsp; By five o&rsquo;clock on the morrow, if he
+were not gone, Knappe would turn upon him &ldquo;the attention of the
+man-of-war&rdquo; and inflict a fine.&nbsp; The same evening, November
+14th, Knappe went on board the <i>Adler</i>, which began to get up steam.</p>
+<p>Three months before, such direct intervention on the part of Germany
+would have passed almost without protest; but the hour was now gone
+by.&nbsp; Becker&rsquo;s conduct, equally timid and rash, equally inconclusive
+and offensive, had forced the other nations into a strong feeling of
+common interest with Mataafa.&nbsp; Even had the German demands been
+moderate, de Coetlogon could not have forgotten the night of the <i>taumualua</i>,
+nor how Mataafa had relinquished, at his request, the attack upon the
+German quarter.&nbsp; Blacklock, with his driver of a captain at his
+elbow, was not likely to lag behind.&nbsp; And Mataafa having communicated
+Knappe&rsquo;s letter, the example of the Germans was on all hands exactly
+followed; the consuls hastened on board their respective war-ships,
+and these began to get up steam.&nbsp; About midnight, in a pouring
+rain, Pelly communicated to Fritze his intention to follow him and protect
+British interests; and Knappe replied that he would come on board the
+<i>Lizard</i> and see de Coetlogon personally.&nbsp; It was deep in
+the small hours, and de Coetlogon had been long asleep, when he was
+wakened to receive his colleague; but he started up with an old soldier&rsquo;s
+readiness.&nbsp; The conference was long.&nbsp; De Coetlogon protested,
+as he did afterwards in writing, against Knappe&rsquo;s claim: the Samoans
+were in a state of war; they had territorial rights; it was monstrous
+to prevent them from entering one of their own villages because a German
+trader kept the store; and in case property suffered, a claim for compensation
+was the proper remedy.&nbsp; Knappe argued that this was a question
+between Germans and Samoans, in which de Coetlogon had nothing to see;
+and that he must protect German property according to his instructions.&nbsp;
+To which de Coetlogon replied that he was himself in the same attitude
+to the property of the British; that he understood Knappe to be intending
+hostilities against Laulii; that Laulii was mortgaged to the MacArthurs;
+that its crops were accordingly British property; and that, while he
+was ever willing to recognise the territorial rights of the Samoans,
+he must prevent that property from being molested &ldquo;by any other
+nation.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;But if a German man-of-war does it?&rdquo;
+asked Knappe.&mdash;&ldquo;We shall prevent it to the best of our ability,&rdquo;
+replied the colonel.&nbsp; It is to the credit of both men that this
+trying interview should have been conducted and concluded without heat;
+but Knappe must have returned to the <i>Adler</i> with darker anticipations.</p>
+<p>At sunrise on the morning of the 15th, the three ships, each loaded
+with its consul, put to sea.&nbsp; It is hard to exaggerate the peril
+of the forenoon that followed, as they lay off Laulii.&nbsp; Nobody
+desired a collision, save perhaps the reckless Leary; but peace and
+war trembled in the balance; and when the <i>Adler</i>, at one period,
+lowered her gun ports, war appeared to preponderate.&nbsp; It proved,
+however, to be a last&mdash;and therefore surely an unwise&mdash;extremity.&nbsp;
+Knappe contented himself with visiting the rival kings, and the three
+ships returned to Apia before noon.&nbsp; Beyond a doubt, coming after
+Knappe&rsquo;s decisive letter of the day before, this impotent conclusion
+shook the credit of Germany among the natives of both sides; the Tamaseses
+fearing they were deserted, the Mataafas (with secret delight) hoping
+they were feared.&nbsp; And it gave an impetus to that ridiculous business
+which might have earned for the whole episode the name of the war of
+flags.&nbsp; British and American flags had been planted the night before,
+and were seen that morning flying over what they claimed about Laulii.&nbsp;
+British and American passengers, on the way up and down, pointed out
+from the decks of the war-ships, with generous vagueness, the boundaries
+of problematical estates.&nbsp; Ten days later, the beach of Saluafata
+bay fluttered (as I have told in the last chapter) with the flag of
+Germany.&nbsp; The Americans riposted with a claim to Tamasese&rsquo;s
+camp, some small part of which (says Knappe) did really belong to &ldquo;an
+American nigger.&rdquo;&nbsp; The disease spread, the flags were multiplied,
+the operations of war became an egg-dance among miniature neutral territories;
+and though all men took a hand in these proceedings, all men in turn
+were struck with their absurdity.&nbsp; Mullan, Leary&rsquo;s successor,
+warned Knappe, in an emphatic despatch, not to squander and discredit
+the solemnity of that emblem which was all he had to be a defence to
+his own consulate.&nbsp; And Knappe himself, in his despatch of March
+21st, 1889, castigates the practice with much sense.&nbsp; But this
+was after the tragicomic culmination had been reached, and the burnt
+rags of one of these too-frequently mendacious signals gone on a progress
+to Washington, like C&aelig;sar&rsquo;s body, arousing indignation where
+it came.&nbsp; To such results are nations conducted by the patent artifices
+of a Becker.</p>
+<p>The discussion of the morning, the silent menace and defiance of
+the voyage to Laulii, might have set the best-natured by the ears.&nbsp;
+But Knappe and de Coetlogon took their difference in excellent part.&nbsp;
+On the morrow, November 16th, they sat down together with Blacklock
+in conference.&nbsp; The English consul introduced his colleagues, who
+shook hands.&nbsp; If Knappe were dead-weighted with the inheritance
+of Becker, Blacklock was handicapped by reminiscences of Leary; it is
+the more to the credit of this inexperienced man that he should have
+maintained in the future so excellent an attitude of firmness and moderation,
+and that when the crash came, Knappe and de Coetlogon, not Knappe and
+Blacklock, were found to be the protagonists of the drama.&nbsp; The
+conference was futile.&nbsp; The English and American consuls admitted
+but one cure of the evils of the time: that the farce of the Tamasese
+monarchy should cease.&nbsp; It was one which the German refused to
+consider.&nbsp; And the agents separated without reaching any result,
+save that diplomatic relations had been restored between the States
+and Germany, and that all three were convinced of their fundamental
+differences.</p>
+<p>Knappe and de Coetlogon were still friends; they had disputed and
+differed and come within a finger&rsquo;s breadth of war, and they were
+still friends.&nbsp; But an event was at hand which was to separate
+them for ever.&nbsp; On December 4th came the <i>Royalist</i>, Captain
+Hand, to relieve the <i>Lizard</i>.&nbsp; Pelly of course had to take
+his canvas from the consulate hospital; but he had in charge certain
+awnings belonging to the <i>Royalist</i>, and with these they made shift
+to cover the wounded, at that time (after the fight at Laulii) more
+than usually numerous.&nbsp; A lieutenant came to the consulate, and
+delivered (as I have received it) the following message: &ldquo;Captain
+Hand&rsquo;s compliments, and he says you must get rid of these niggers
+at once, and he will help you to do it.&rdquo;&nbsp; Doubtless the reply
+was no more civil than the message.&nbsp; The promised &ldquo;help,&rdquo;
+at least, followed promptly.&nbsp; A boat&rsquo;s crew landed and the
+awnings were stripped from the wounded, Hand himself standing on the
+colonel&rsquo;s verandah to direct operations.&nbsp; It were fruitless
+to discuss this passage from the humanitarian point of view, or from
+that of formal courtesy.&nbsp; The mind of the new captain was plainly
+not directed to these objects.&nbsp; But it is understood that he considered
+the existence of a hospital a source of irritation to Germans and a
+fault in policy.&nbsp; His own rude act proved in the result far more
+impolitic.&nbsp; The hospital had now been open some two months, and
+de Coetlogon was still on friendly terms with Knappe, and he and his
+wife were engaged to dine with him that day.&nbsp; By the morrow that
+was practically ended.&nbsp; For the rape of the awnings had two results:
+one, which was the fault of de Coetlogon, not at all of Hand, who could
+not have foreseen it; the other which it was his duty to have seen and
+prevented.&nbsp; The first was this: the de Coetlogons found themselves
+left with their wounded exposed to the inclemencies of the season; they
+must all be transported into the house and verandah; in the distress
+and pressure of this task, the dinner engagement was too long forgotten;
+and a note of excuse did not reach the German consulate before the table
+was set, and Knappe dressed to receive his visitors.&nbsp; The second
+consequence was inevitable.&nbsp; Captain Hand was scarce landed ere
+it became public (was &ldquo;<i>sofort bekannt</i>,&rdquo; writes Knappe)
+that he and the consul were in opposition.&nbsp; All that had been gained
+by the demonstration at Laulii was thus immediately cast away; de Coetlogon&rsquo;s
+prestige was lessened; and it must be said plainly that Hand did less
+than nothing to restore it.&nbsp; Twice indeed he interfered, both times
+with success; and once, when his own person had been endangered, with
+vehemence; but during all the strange doings I have to narrate, he remained
+in close intimacy with the German consulate, and on one occasion may
+be said to have acted as its marshal.&nbsp; After the worst is over,
+after Bismarck has told Knappe that &ldquo;the protests of his English
+colleague were grounded,&rdquo; that his own conduct &ldquo;has not
+been good,&rdquo; and that in any dispute which may arise he &ldquo;will
+find himself in the wrong,&rdquo; Knappe can still plead in his defence
+that Captain Hand &ldquo;has always maintained friendly intercourse
+with the German authorities.&rdquo;&nbsp; Singular epitaph for an English
+sailor.&nbsp; In this complicity on the part of Hand we may find the
+reason&mdash;and I had almost said, the excuse&mdash;of much that was
+excessive in the bearing of the unfortunate Knappe.</p>
+<p>On the 11th December, Mataafa received twenty-eight thousand cartridges,
+brought into the country in salt-beef kegs by the British ship <i>Richmond</i>.&nbsp;
+This not only sharpened the animosity between whites; following so closely
+on the German fizzle at Laulii, it raised a convulsion in the camp of
+Tamasese.&nbsp; On the 13th Brandeis addressed to Knappe his famous
+and fatal letter.&nbsp; I may not describe it as a letter of burning
+words, but it is plainly dictated by a burning heart.&nbsp; Tamasese
+and his chiefs, he announces, are now sick of the business, and ready
+to make peace with Mataafa.&nbsp; They began the war relying upon German
+help; they now see and say that &ldquo;<i>e faaalo Siamani i Peritania
+ma America</i>, that Germany is subservient to England and the States.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+It is grimly given to be understood that the despatch is an ultimatum,
+and a last chance is being offered for the recreant ally to fulfil her
+pledge.&nbsp; To make it more plain, the document goes on with a kind
+of bilious irony: &ldquo;The two German war-ships now in Samoa are here
+for the protection of German property alone; and when the <i>Olga</i>
+shall have arrived&rdquo; [she arrived on the morrow] &ldquo;the German
+war-ships will continue to do against the insurgents precisely as little
+as they have done heretofore.&rdquo;&nbsp; Plant flags, in fact.</p>
+<p>Here was Knappe&rsquo;s opportunity, could he have stooped to seize
+it.&nbsp; I find it difficult to blame him that he could not.&nbsp;
+Far from being so inglorious as the treachery once contemplated by Becker,
+the acceptance of this ultimatum would have been still in the nature
+of a disgrace.&nbsp; Brandeis&rsquo;s letter, written by a German, was
+hard to swallow.&nbsp; It would have been hard to accept that solution
+which Knappe had so recently and so peremptorily refused to his brother
+consuls.&nbsp; And he was tempted, on the other hand, by recent changes.&nbsp;
+There was no Pelly to support de Coetlogon, who might now be disregarded.&nbsp;
+Mullan, Leary&rsquo;s successor, even if he were not precisely a Hand,
+was at least no Leary; and even if Mullan should show fight, Knappe
+had now three ships and could defy or sink him without danger.&nbsp;
+Many small circumstances moved him in the same direction.&nbsp; The
+looting of German plantations continued; the whole force of Mataafa
+was to a large extent subsisted from the crops of Vailele; and armed
+men were to be seen openly plundering bananas, breadfruit, and cocoa-nuts
+under the walls of the plantation building.&nbsp; On the night of the
+13th the consulate stable had been broken into and a horse removed.&nbsp;
+On the 16th there was a riot in Apia between half-castes and sailors
+from the new ship <i>Olga</i>, each side claiming that the other was
+the worse of drink, both (for a wager) justly.&nbsp; The multiplication
+of flags and little neutral territories had, besides, begun to irritate
+the Samoans.&nbsp; The protests of German settlers had been received
+uncivilly.&nbsp; On the 16th the Mataafas had again sought to land in
+Saluafata bay, with the manifest intention to attack the Tamaseses,
+or (in other words) &ldquo;to trespass on German lands, covered, as
+your Excellency knows, with flags.&rdquo;&nbsp; I quote from his requisition
+to Fritze, December 17th.&nbsp; Upon all these considerations, he goes
+on, it is necessary to bring the fighting to an end.&nbsp; Both parties
+are to be disarmed and returned to their villages&mdash;Mataafa first.&nbsp;
+And in case of any attempt upon Apia, the roads thither are to be held
+by a strong landing-party.&nbsp; Mataafa was to be disarmed first, perhaps
+rightly enough in his character of the last insurgent.&nbsp; Then was
+to have come the turn of Tamasese; but it does not appear the disarming
+would have had the same import or have been gone about in the same way.&nbsp;
+Germany was bound to Tamasese.&nbsp; No honest man would dream of blaming
+Knappe because he sought to redeem his country&rsquo;s word.&nbsp; The
+path he chose was doubtless that of honour, so far as honour was still
+left.&nbsp; But it proved to be the road to ruin.</p>
+<p>Fritze, ranking German officer, is understood to have opposed the
+measure.&nbsp; His attitude earned him at the time unpopularity among
+his country-people on the spot, and should now redound to his credit.&nbsp;
+It is to be hoped he extended his opposition to some of the details.&nbsp;
+If it were possible to disarm Mataafa at all, it must be done rather
+by prestige than force.&nbsp; A party of blue-jackets landed in Samoan
+bush, and expected to hold against Samoans a multiplicity of forest
+paths, had their work cut out for them.&nbsp; And it was plain they
+should be landed in the light of day, with a discouraging openness,
+and even with parade.&nbsp; To sneak ashore by night was to increase
+the danger of resistance and to minimise the authority of the attack.&nbsp;
+The thing was a bluff, and it is impossible to bluff with stealth.&nbsp;
+Yet this was what was tried.&nbsp; A landing-party was to leave the
+<i>Olga</i> in Apia bay at two in the morning; the landing was to be
+at four on two parts of the foreshore of Vailele.&nbsp; At eight they
+were to be joined by a second landing-party from the <i>Eber</i>.&nbsp;
+By nine the Olgas were to be on the crest of Letongo Mountain, and the
+Ebers to be moving round the promontory by the seaward paths, &ldquo;with
+measures of precaution,&rdquo; disarming all whom they encountered.&nbsp;
+There was to be no firing unless fired upon.&nbsp; At the appointed
+hour (or perhaps later) on the morning of the 19th, this unpromising
+business was put in hand, and there moved off from the <i>Olga</i> two
+boats with some fifty blue-jackets between them, and a <i>praam</i>
+or punt containing ninety,&mdash;the boats and the whole expedition
+under the command of Captain-Lieutenant Jaeckel, the praam under Lieutenant
+Spengler.&nbsp; The men had each forty rounds, one day&rsquo;s provisions,
+and their flasks filled.</p>
+<p>In the meanwhile, Mataafa sympathisers about Apia were on the alert.&nbsp;
+Knappe had informed the consuls that the ships were to put to sea next
+day for the protection of German property; but the Tamaseses had been
+less discreet.&nbsp; &ldquo;To-morrow at the hour of seven,&rdquo; they
+had cried to their adversaries, &ldquo;you will know of a difficulty,
+and our guns shall be made good in broken bones.&rdquo;&nbsp; An accident
+had pointed expectation towards Apia.&nbsp; The wife of Le M&atilde;mea
+washed for the German ships&mdash;a perquisite, I suppose, for her husband&rsquo;s
+unwilling fidelity.&nbsp; She sent a man with linen on board the <i>Adler</i>,
+where he was surprised to see Le M&atilde;mea in person, and to be himself
+ordered instantly on shore.&nbsp; The news spread.&nbsp; If M&atilde;mea
+were brought down from Lotoanuu, others might have come at the same
+time.&nbsp; Tamasese himself and half his army might perhaps lie concealed
+on board the German ships.&nbsp; And a watch was accordingly set and
+warriors collected along the line of the shore.&nbsp; One detachment
+lay in some rifle-pits by the mouth of the Fuis&aacute;.&nbsp; They
+were commanded by Seumanu; and with his party, probably as the most
+contiguous to Apia, was the war-correspondent, John Klein.&nbsp; Of
+English birth, but naturalised American, this gentleman had been for
+some time representing the <i>New York World</i> in a very effective
+manner, always in the front, living in the field with the Samoans, and
+in all vicissitudes of weather, toiling to and fro with his despatches.&nbsp;
+His wisdom was perhaps not equal to his energy.&nbsp; He made himself
+conspicuous, going about armed to the teeth in a boat under the stars
+and stripes; and on one occasion, when he supposed himself fired upon
+by the Tamaseses, had the petulance to empty his revolver in the direction
+of their camp.&nbsp; By the light of the moon, which was then nearly
+down, this party observed the <i>Olga&rsquo;s</i> two boats and the
+praam, which they described as &ldquo;almost sinking with men,&rdquo;
+the boats keeping well out towards the reef, the praam at the moment
+apparently heading for the shore.&nbsp; An extreme agitation seems to
+have reigned in the rifle-pits.&nbsp; What were the newcomers?&nbsp;
+What was their errand?&nbsp; Were they Germans or Tamaseses?&nbsp; Had
+they a mind to attack?&nbsp; The praam was hailed in Samoan and did
+not answer.&nbsp; It was proposed to fire upon her ere she drew near.&nbsp;
+And at last, whether on his own suggestion or that of Seumanu, Klein
+hailed her in English, and in terms of unnecessary melodrama.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Do not try to land here,&rdquo; he cried.&nbsp; &ldquo;If you
+do, your blood will be upon your head.&rdquo;&nbsp; Spengler, who had
+never the least intention to touch at the Fuis&aacute;, put up the head
+of the praam to her true course and continued to move up the lagoon
+with an offing of some seventy or eighty yards.&nbsp; Along all the
+irregularities and obstructions of the beach, across the mouth of the
+Vaivasa, and through the startled village of Matafangatele, Seumanu,
+Klein, and seven or eight others raced to keep up, spreading the alarm
+and rousing reinforcements as they went.&nbsp; Presently a man on horse-back
+made his appearance on the opposite beach of Fangalii.&nbsp; Klein and
+the natives distinctly saw him signal with a lantern; which is the more
+strange, as the horseman (Captain Hufnagel, plantation manager of Vailele)
+had never a lantern to signal with.&nbsp; The praam kept in.&nbsp; Many
+men in white were seen to stand up, step overboard, and wade to shore.&nbsp;
+At the same time the eye of panic descried a breastwork of &ldquo;foreign
+stone&rdquo; (brick) upon the beach.&nbsp; Samoans are prepared to-day
+to swear to its existence, I believe conscientiously, although no such
+thing was ever made or ever intended in that place.&nbsp; The hour is
+doubtful.&nbsp; &ldquo;It was the hour when the streak of dawn is seen,
+the hour known in the warfare of heathen times as the hour of the night
+attack,&rdquo; says the Mataafa official account.&nbsp; A native whom
+I met on the field declared it was at cock-crow.&nbsp; Captain Hufnagel,
+on the other hand, is sure it was long before the day.&nbsp; It was
+dark at least, and the moon down.&nbsp; Darkness made the Samoans bold;
+uncertainty as to the composition and purpose of the landing-party made
+them desperate.&nbsp; Fire was opened on the Germans, one of whom was
+here killed.&nbsp; The Germans returned it, and effected a lodgment
+on the beach; and the skirmish died again to silence.&nbsp; It was at
+this time, if not earlier, that Klein returned to Apia.</p>
+<p>Here, then, were Spengler and the ninety men of the praam, landed
+on the beach in no very enviable posture, the woods in front filled
+with unnumbered enemies, but for the time successful.&nbsp; Meanwhile,
+Jaeckel and the boats had gone outside the reef, and were to land on
+the other side of the Vailele promontory, at Sunga, by the buildings
+of the plantation.&nbsp; It was Hufnagel&rsquo;s part to go and meet
+them.&nbsp; His way led straight into the woods and through the midst
+of the Samoans, who had but now ceased firing.&nbsp; He went in the
+saddle and at a foot&rsquo;s pace, feeling speed and concealment to
+be equally helpless, and that if he were to fall at all, he had best
+fall with dignity.&nbsp; Not a shot was fired at him; no effort made
+to arrest him on his errand.&nbsp; As he went, he spoke and even jested
+with the Samoans, and they answered in good part.&nbsp; One fellow was
+leaping, yelling, and tossing his axe in the air, after the way of an
+excited islander.&nbsp; &ldquo;<i>Faimalosi</i>! go it!&rdquo; said
+Hufnagel, and the fellow laughed and redoubled his exertions.&nbsp;
+As soon as the boats entered the lagoon, fire was again opened from
+the woods.&nbsp; The fifty blue-jackets jumped overboard, hove down
+the boats to be a shield, and dragged them towards the landing-place.&nbsp;
+In this way, their rations, and (what was more unfortunate) some of
+their miserable provision of forty rounds got wetted; but the men came
+to shore and garrisoned the plantation house without a casualty.&nbsp;
+Meanwhile the sound of the firing from Sunga immediately renewed the
+hostilities at Fangalii.&nbsp; The civilians on shore decided that Spengler
+must be at once guided to the house, and Haideln, the surveyor, accepted
+the dangerous errand.&nbsp; Like Hufnagel, he was suffered to pass without
+question through the midst of these platonic enemies.&nbsp; He found
+Spengler some way inland on a knoll, disastrously engaged, the woods
+around him filled with Samoans, who were continuously reinforced.&nbsp;
+In three successive charges, cheering as they ran, the blue-jackets
+burst through their scattered opponents, and made good their junction
+with Jaeckel.&nbsp; Four men only remained upon the field, the other
+wounded being helped by their comrades or dragging themselves painfully
+along.</p>
+<p>The force was now concentrated in the house and its immediate patch
+of garden.&nbsp; Their rear, to the seaward, was unmolested; but on
+three sides they were beleaguered.&nbsp; On the left, the Samoans occupied
+and fired from some of the plantation offices.&nbsp; In front, a long
+rising crest of land in the horse-pasture commanded the house, and was
+lined with the assailants.&nbsp; And on the right, the hedge of the
+same paddock afforded them a dangerous cover.&nbsp; It was in this place
+that a Samoan sharpshooter was knocked over by Jaeckel with his own
+hand.&nbsp; The fire was maintained by the Samoans in the usual wasteful
+style.&nbsp; The roof was made a sieve; the balls passed clean through
+the house; Lieutenant Sieger, as he lay, already dying, on Hufnagel&rsquo;s
+bed, was despatched with a fresh wound.&nbsp; The Samoans showed themselves
+extremely enterprising: pushed their lines forward, ventured beyond
+cover, and continually threatened to envelop the garden.&nbsp; Thrice,
+at least, it was necessary to repel them by a sally.&nbsp; The men were
+brought into the house from the rear, the front doors were thrown suddenly
+open, and the gallant blue-jackets issued cheering: necessary, successful,
+but extremely costly sorties.&nbsp; Neither could these be pushed far.&nbsp;
+The foes were undaunted; so soon as the sailors advanced at all deep
+in the horse-pasture, the Samoans began to close in upon both flanks;
+and the sally had to be recalled.&nbsp; To add to the dangers of the
+German situation, ammunition began to run low; and the cartridge-boxes
+of the wounded and the dead had been already brought into use before,
+at about eight o&rsquo;clock, the <i>Eber</i> steamed into the bay.&nbsp;
+Her commander, Wallis, threw some shells into Letongo, one of which
+killed five men about their cooking-pot.&nbsp; The Samoans began immediately
+to withdraw; their movements were hastened by a sortie, and the remains
+of the landing-party brought on board.&nbsp; This was an unfortunate
+movement; it gave an irremediable air of defeat to what might have been
+else claimed for a moderate success.&nbsp; The blue-jackets numbered
+a hundred and forty all told; they were engaged separately and fought
+under the worst conditions, in the dark and among woods; their position
+in the house was scarce tenable; they lost in killed and wounded fifty-six,&mdash;forty
+per cent.; and their spirit to the end was above question.&nbsp; Whether
+we think of the poor sailor lads, always so pleasantly behaved in times
+of peace, or whether we call to mind the behaviour of the two civilians,
+Haideln and Hufnagel, we can only regret that brave men should stand
+to be exposed upon so poor a quarrel, or lives cast away upon an enterprise
+so hopeless.</p>
+<p>News of the affair reached Apia early, and Moors, always curious
+of these spectacles of war, was immediately in the saddle.&nbsp; Near
+Matafangatele he met a Manono chief, whom he asked if there were any
+German dead.&nbsp; &ldquo;I think there are about thirty of them knocked
+over,&rdquo; said he.&nbsp; &ldquo;Have you taken their heads?&rdquo;
+asked Moors.&nbsp; &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said the chief.&nbsp; &ldquo;Some
+foolish people did it, but I have stopped them.&nbsp; We ought not to
+cut off their heads when they do not cut off ours.&rdquo;&nbsp; He was
+asked what had been done with the heads.&nbsp; &ldquo;Two have gone
+to Mataafa,&rdquo; he replied, &ldquo;and one is buried right under
+where your horse is standing, in a basket wrapped in tapa.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+This was afterwards dug up, and I am told on native authority that,
+besides the three heads, two ears were taken.&nbsp; Moors next asked
+the Manono man how he came to be going away.&nbsp; &ldquo;The man-of-war
+is throwing shells,&rdquo; said he.&nbsp; &ldquo;When they stopped firing
+out of the house, we stopped firing also; so it was as well to scatter
+when the shells began.&nbsp; We could have killed all the white men.&nbsp;
+I wish they had been Tamaseses.&rdquo;&nbsp; This is an <i>ex parte</i>
+statement, and I give it for such; but the course of the affair, and
+in particular the adventures of Haideln and Hufnagel, testify to a surprising
+lack of animosity against the Germans.&nbsp; About the same time or
+but a little earlier than this conversation, the same spirit was being
+displayed.&nbsp; Hufnagel, with a party of labour, had gone out to bring
+in the German dead, when he was surprised to be suddenly fired on from
+the wood.&nbsp; The boys he had with him were not negritos, but Polynesians
+from the Gilbert Islands; and he suddenly remembered that these might
+be easily mistaken for a detachment of Tamaseses.&nbsp; Bidding his
+boys conceal themselves in a thicket, this brave man walked into the
+open.&nbsp; So soon as he was recognised, the firing ceased, and the
+labourers followed him in safety.&nbsp; This is chivalrous war; but
+there was a side to it less chivalrous.&nbsp; As Moors drew nearer to
+Vailele, he began to meet Samoans with hats, guns, and even shirts,
+taken from the German sailors.&nbsp; With one of these who had a hat
+and a gun he stopped and spoke.&nbsp; The hat was handed up for him
+to look at; it had the late owner&rsquo;s name on the inside.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Where is he?&rdquo; asked Moors.&nbsp; &ldquo;He is dead; I cut
+his head off.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;You shot him?&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;No,
+somebody else shot him in the hip.&nbsp; When I came, he put up his
+hands, and cried: &lsquo;Don&rsquo;t kill me; I am a Malietoa man.&rsquo;&nbsp;
+I did not believe him, and I cut his head off...... Have you any ammunition
+to fit that gun?&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;I do not know.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;What
+has become of the cartridge-belt?&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;Another fellow
+grabbed that and the cartridges, and he won&rsquo;t give them to me.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+A dreadful and silly picture of barbaric war.&nbsp; The words of the
+German sailor must be regarded as imaginary: how was the poor lad to
+speak native, or the Samoan to understand German?&nbsp; When Moors came
+as far as Sunga, the <i>Eber</i> was yet in the bay, the smoke of battle
+still lingered among the trees, which were themselves marked with a
+thousand bullet-wounds.&nbsp; But the affair was over, the combatants,
+German and Samoan, were all gone, and only a couple of negrito labour
+boys lurked on the scene.&nbsp; The village of Letongo beyond was equally
+silent; part of it was wrecked by the shells of the <i>Eber</i>, and
+still smoked; the inhabitants had fled.&nbsp; On the beach were the
+native boats, perhaps five thousand dollars&rsquo; worth, deserted by
+the Mataafas and overlooked by the Germans, in their common hurry to
+escape.&nbsp; Still Moors held eastward by the sea-paths.&nbsp; It was
+his hope to get a view from the other side of the promontory, towards
+Laulii.&nbsp; In the way he found a house hidden in the wood and among
+rocks, where an aged and sick woman was being tended by her elderly
+daughter.&nbsp; Last lingerers in that deserted piece of coast, they
+seemed indifferent to the events which had thus left them solitary,
+and, as the daughter said, did not know where Mataafa was, nor where
+Tamasese.</p>
+<p>It is the official Samoan pretension that the Germans fired first
+at Fangalii.&nbsp; In view of all German and some native testimony,
+the text of Fritze&rsquo;s orders, and the probabilities of the case,
+no honest mind will believe it for a moment.&nbsp; Certainly the Samoans
+fired first.&nbsp; As certainly they were betrayed into the engagement
+in the agitation of the moment, and it was not till afterwards that
+they understood what they had done.&nbsp; Then, indeed, all Samoa drew
+a breath of wonder and delight.&nbsp; The invincible had fallen; the
+men of the vaunted war-ships had been met in the field by the braves
+of Mataafa: a superstition was no more.&nbsp; Conceive this people steadily
+as schoolboys; and conceive the elation in any school if the head boy
+should suddenly arise and drive the rector from the schoolhouse.&nbsp;
+I have received one instance of the feeling instantly aroused.&nbsp;
+There lay at the time in the consular hospital an old chief who was
+a pet of the colonel&rsquo;s.&nbsp; News reached him of the glorious
+event; he was sick, he thought himself sinking, sent for the colonel,
+and gave him his gun.&nbsp; &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t let the Germans get it,&rdquo;
+said the old gentleman, and having received a promise, was at peace.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER IX&mdash;&ldquo;FUROR CONSULARIS&rdquo;</h2>
+<p><i>December</i> 1888 <i>to March</i> 1889</p>
+<p>Knappe, in the <i>Adler</i>, with a flag of truce at the fore, was
+entering Laulii Bay when the <i>Eber</i> brought him the news of the
+night&rsquo;s reverse.&nbsp; His heart was doubtless wrung for his young
+countrymen who had been butchered and mutilated in the dark woods, or
+now lay suffering, and some of them dying, on the ship.&nbsp; And he
+must have been startled as he recognised his own position.&nbsp; He
+had gone too far; he had stumbled into war, and, what was worse, into
+defeat; he had thrown away German lives for less than nothing, and now
+saw himself condemned either to accept defeat, or to kick and pummel
+his failure into something like success; either to accept defeat, or
+take frenzy for a counsellor.&nbsp; Yesterday, in cold blood, he had
+judged it necessary to have the woods to the westward guarded lest the
+evacuation of Laulii should prove only the peril of Apia.&nbsp; To-day,
+in the irritation and alarm of failure, he forgot or despised his previous
+reasoning, and, though his detachment was beat back to the ships, proceeded
+with the remainder of his maimed design.&nbsp; The only change he made
+was to haul down the flag of truce.&nbsp; He had now no wish to meet
+with Mataafa.&nbsp; Words were out of season, shells must speak.</p>
+<p>At this moment an incident befell him which must have been trying
+to his self-command.&nbsp; The new American ship <i>Nipsic</i> entered
+Laulii Bay; her commander, Mullan, boarded the <i>Adler</i> to protest,
+succeeded in wresting from Knappe a period of delay in order that the
+women might be spared, and sent a lieutenant to Mataafa with a warning.&nbsp;
+The camp was already excited by the news and the trophies of Fangalii.&nbsp;
+Already Tamasese and Lotoanuu seemed secondary objectives to the Germans
+and Apia.&nbsp; Mullan&rsquo;s message put an end to hesitation.&nbsp;
+Laulii was evacuated.&nbsp; The troops streamed westward by the mountain
+side, and took up the same day a strong position about Tanungamanono
+and Mangiangi, some two miles behind Apia, which they threatened with
+the one hand, while with the other they continued to draw their supplies
+from the devoted plantations of the German firm.&nbsp; Laulii, when
+it was shelled, was empty.&nbsp; The British flags were, of course,
+fired upon; and I hear that one of them was struck down, but I think
+every one must be privately of the mind that it was fired upon and fell,
+in a place where it had little business to be shown.</p>
+<p>Such was the military epilogue to the ill-judged adventure of Fangalii;
+it was difficult for failure to be more complete.&nbsp; But the other
+consequences were of a darker colour and brought the whites immediately
+face to face in a spirit of ill-favoured animosity.&nbsp; Knappe was
+mourning the defeat and death of his country-folk, he was standing aghast
+over the ruin of his own career, when Mullan boarded him.&nbsp; The
+successor of Leary served himself, in that bitter moment, heir to Leary&rsquo;s
+part.&nbsp; And in Mullan, Knappe saw more even than the successor of
+Leary,&mdash;he saw in him the representative of Klein.&nbsp; Klein
+had hailed the praam from the rifle-pits; he had there uttered ill-chosen
+words, unhappily prophetic; it is even likely that he was present at
+the time of the first fire.&nbsp; To accuse him of the design and conduct
+of the whole attack was but a step forward; his own vapouring served
+to corroborate the accusation; and it was not long before the German
+consulate was in possession of sworn native testimony in support.&nbsp;
+The worth of native testimony is small, the worth of white testimony
+not overwhelming; and I am in the painful position of not being able
+to subscribe either to Klein&rsquo;s own account of the affair or to
+that of his accusers.&nbsp; Klein was extremely flurried; his interest
+as a reporter must have tempted him at first to make the most of his
+share in the exploit, the immediate peril in which he soon found himself
+to stand must have at least suggested to him the idea of minimising
+it; one way and another, he is not a good witness.&nbsp; As for the
+natives, they were no doubt cross-examined in that hall of terror, the
+German consulate, where they might be trusted to lie like schoolboys,
+or (if the reader prefer it) like Samoans.&nbsp; By outside white testimony,
+it remains established for me that Klein returned to Apia either before
+or immediately after the first shots.&nbsp; That he ever sought or was
+ever allowed a share in the command may be denied peremptorily; but
+it is more than likely that he expressed himself in an excited manner
+and with a highly inflammatory effect upon his hearers.&nbsp; He was,
+at least, severely punished.&nbsp; The Germans, enraged by his provocative
+behaviour and what they thought to be his German birth, demanded him
+to be tried before court-martial; he had to skulk inside the sentries
+of the American consulate, to be smuggled on board a war-ship, and to
+be carried almost by stealth out of the island; and what with the agitations
+of his mind, and the results of a marsh fever contracted in the lines
+of Mataafa, reached Honolulu a very proper object of commiseration.&nbsp;
+Nor was Klein the only accused: de Coetlogon was himself involved.&nbsp;
+As the boats passed Matautu, Knappe declares a signal was made from
+the British consulate.&nbsp; Perhaps we should rather read &ldquo;from
+its neighbourhood&rdquo;; since, in the general warding of the coast,
+the point of Matautu could scarce have been neglected.&nbsp; On the
+other hand, there is no doubt that the Samoans, in the anxiety of that
+night of watching and fighting, crowded to the friendly consul for advice.&nbsp;
+Late in the night, the wounded Siteoni, lying on the colonel&rsquo;s
+verandah, one corner of which had been blinded down that he might sleep,
+heard the coming and going of bare feet and the voices of eager consultation.&nbsp;
+And long after, a man who had been discharged from the colonel&rsquo;s
+employment took upon himself to swear an affidavit as to the nature
+of the advice then given, and to carry the document to the German consul.&nbsp;
+It was an act of private revenge; it fell long out of date in the good
+days of Dr. Stuebel, and had no result but to discredit the gentleman
+who volunteered it.&nbsp; Colonel de Coetlogon had his faults, but they
+did not touch his honour; his bare word would always outweigh a waggon-load
+of such denunciations; and he declares his behaviour on that night to
+have been blameless.&nbsp; The question was besides inquired into on
+the spot by Sir John Thurston, and the colonel honourably acquitted.&nbsp;
+But during the weeks that were now to follow, Knappe believed the contrary;
+he believed not only that Moors and others had supplied ammunition and
+Klein commanded in the field, but that de Coetlogon had made the signal
+of attack; that though his blue-jackets had bled and fallen against
+the arms of Samoans, these were supplied, inspired, and marshalled by
+Americans and English.</p>
+<p>The legend was the more easily believed because it embraced and was
+founded upon so much truth.&nbsp; Germans lay dead, the German wounded
+groaned in their cots; and the cartridges by which they fell had been
+sold by an American and brought into the country in a British bottom.&nbsp;
+Had the transaction been entirely mercenary, it would already have been
+hard to swallow; but it was notoriously not so.&nbsp; British and Americans
+were notoriously the partisans of Mataafa.&nbsp; They rejoiced in the
+result of Fangalii, and so far from seeking to conceal their rejoicing,
+paraded and displayed it.&nbsp; Calumny ran high.&nbsp; Before the dead
+were buried, while the wounded yet lay in pain and fever, cowardly accusations
+of cowardice were levelled at the German blue-jackets.&nbsp; It was
+said they had broken and run before their enemies, and that they had
+huddled helpless like sheep in the plantation house.&nbsp; Small wonder
+if they had; small wonder had they been utterly destroyed.&nbsp; But
+the fact was heroically otherwise; and these dastard calumnies cut to
+the blood.&nbsp; They are not forgotten; perhaps they will never be
+forgiven.</p>
+<p>In the meanwhile, events were pressing towards a still more trenchant
+opposition.&nbsp; On the 20th, the three consuls met and parted without
+agreement, Knappe announcing that he had lost men and must take the
+matter in his own hands to avenge their death.&nbsp; On the 21st the
+<i>Olga</i> came before Matafangatele, ordered the delivery of all arms
+within the hour, and at the end of that period, none being brought,
+shelled and burned the village.&nbsp; The shells fell for the most part
+innocuous; an eyewitness saw children at play beside the flaming houses;
+not a soul was injured; and the one noteworthy event was the mutilation
+of Captain Hamilton&rsquo;s American flag.&nbsp; In one sense an incident
+too small to be chronicled, in another this was of historic interest
+and import.&nbsp; These rags of tattered bunting occasioned the display
+of a new sentiment in the United States; and the republic of the West,
+hitherto so apathetic and unwieldy, but already stung by German nonchalance,
+leaped to its feet for the first time at the news of this fresh insult.&nbsp;
+As though to make the inefficiency of the war-ships more apparent, three
+shells were thrown inland at Mangiangi; they flew high over the Mataafa
+camp, where the natives could &ldquo;hear them singing&rdquo; as they
+flew, and fell behind in the deep romantic valley of the Vaisingano.&nbsp;
+Mataafa had been already summoned on board the <i>Adler</i>; his life
+promised if he came, declared &ldquo;in danger&rdquo; if he came not;
+and he had declined in silence the unattractive invitation.&nbsp; These
+fresh hostile acts showed him that the worst had come.&nbsp; He was
+in strength, his force posted along the whole front of the mountain
+behind Apia, Matautu occupied, the Siumu road lined up to the houses
+of the town with warriors passionate for war.&nbsp; The occasion was
+unique, and there is no doubt that he designed to seize it.&nbsp; The
+same day of this bombardment, he sent word bidding all English and Americans
+wear a black band upon their arm, so that his men should recognise and
+spare them.&nbsp; The hint was taken, and the band worn for a continuance
+of days.&nbsp; To have refused would have been insane; but to consent
+was unhappily to feed the resentment of the Germans by a fresh sign
+of intelligence with their enemies, and to widen the breach between
+the races by a fresh and a scarce pardonable mark of their division.&nbsp;
+The same day again the Germans repeated one of their earlier offences
+by firing on a boat within the harbour.&nbsp; Times were changed; they
+were now at war and in peril, the rigour of military advantage might
+well be seized by them and pardoned by others; but it so chanced that
+the bullets flew about the ears of Captain Hand, and that commander
+is said to have been insatiable of apologies.&nbsp; The affair, besides,
+had a deplorable effect on the inhabitants.&nbsp; A black band (they
+saw) might protect them from the Mataafas, not from undiscriminating
+shots.&nbsp; Panic ensued.&nbsp; The war-ships were open to receive
+the fugitives, and the gentlemen who had made merry over Fangalii were
+seen to thrust each other from the wharves in their eagerness to flee
+Apia.&nbsp; I willingly drop the curtain on the shameful picture.</p>
+<p>Meanwhile, on the German side of the bay, a more manly spirit was
+exhibited in circumstances of alarming weakness.&nbsp; The plantation
+managers and overseers had all retreated to Matafele, only one (I understand)
+remaining at his post.&nbsp; The whole German colony was thus collected
+in one spot, and could count and wonder at its scanty numbers.&nbsp;
+Knappe declares (to my surprise) that the war-ships could not spare
+him more than fifty men a day.&nbsp; The great extension of the German
+quarter, he goes on, did not &ldquo;allow a full occupation of the outer
+line&rdquo;; hence they had shrunk into the western end by the firm
+buildings, and the inhabitants were warned to fall back on this position,
+in the case of an alert.&nbsp; So that he who had set forth, a day or
+so before, to disarm the Mataafas in the open field, now found his resources
+scarce adequate to garrison the buildings of the firm.&nbsp; But Knappe
+seemed unteachable by fate.&nbsp; It is probable he thought he had</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Already waded in so deep,<br />
+Returning were as tedious as go o&rsquo;er&rdquo;;</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>it is certain that he continued, on the scene of his defeat and in
+the midst of his weakness, to bluster and menace like a conqueror.&nbsp;
+Active war, which he lacked the means of attempting, was continually
+threatened.&nbsp; On the 22nd he sought the aid of his brother consuls
+to maintain the neutral territory against Mataafa; and at the same time,
+as though meditating instant deeds of prowess, refused to be bound by
+it himself.&nbsp; This singular proposition was of course refused: Blacklock
+remarking that he had no fear of the natives, if these were let alone;
+de Coetlogon refusing in the circumstances to recognise any neutral
+territory at all.&nbsp; In vain Knappe amended and baited his proposal
+with the offer of forty-eight or ninety-six hours&rsquo; notice, according
+as his objective should be near or within the boundary of the <i>Eleele
+Sa</i>.&nbsp; It was rejected; and he learned that he must accept war
+with all its consequences&mdash;and not that which he desired&mdash;war
+with the immunities of peace.</p>
+<p>This monstrous exigence illustrates the man&rsquo;s frame of mind.&nbsp;
+It has been still further illuminated in the German white-book by printing
+alongside of his despatches those of the unimpassioned Fritze.&nbsp;
+On January 8th the consulate was destroyed by fire.&nbsp; Knappe says
+it was the work of incendiaries, &ldquo;without doubt&rdquo;; Fritze
+admits that &ldquo;everything seems to show&rdquo; it was an accident.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Tamasese&rsquo;s people fit to bear arms,&rdquo; writes Knappe,
+&ldquo;are certainly for the moment equal to Mataafa&rsquo;s,&rdquo;
+though restrained from battle by the lack of ammunition.&nbsp; &ldquo;As
+for Tamasese,&rdquo; says Fritze of the same date, &ldquo;he is now
+but a phantom&mdash;<i>dient er nur als Gespenst</i>.&nbsp; His party,
+for practical purposes, is no longer large.&nbsp; They pretend ammunition
+to be lacking, but what they lack most is good-will.&nbsp; Captain Brandeis,
+whose influence is now small, declares they can no longer sustain a
+serious engagement, and is himself in the intention of leaving Samoa
+by the <i>L&uuml;beck</i> of the 5th February.&rdquo;&nbsp; And Knappe,
+in the same despatch, confutes himself and confirms the testimony of
+his naval colleague, by the admission that &ldquo;the re-establishment
+of Tamasese&rsquo;s government is, under present circumstances, not
+to be thought of.&rdquo;&nbsp; Plainly, then, he was not so much seeking
+to deceive others, as he was himself possessed; and we must regard the
+whole series of his acts and despatches as the agitations of a fever.</p>
+<p>The British steamer <i>Richmond</i> returned to Apia, January 15th.&nbsp;
+On the last voyage she had brought the ammunition already so frequently
+referred to; as a matter of fact, she was again bringing contraband
+of war.&nbsp; It is necessary to be explicit upon this, which served
+as spark to so great a flame of scandal.&nbsp; Knappe was justified
+in interfering; he would have been worthy of all condemnation if he
+had neglected, in his posture of semi-investment, a precaution so elementary;
+and the manner in which he set about attempting it was conciliatory
+and almost timid.&nbsp; He applied to Captain Hand, and begged him to
+accept himself the duty of &ldquo;controlling&rdquo; the discharge of
+the <i>Richmond&rsquo;s</i> cargo.&nbsp; Hand was unable to move without
+his consul; and at night an armed boat from the Germans boarded, searched,
+and kept possession of, the suspected ship.&nbsp; The next day, as by
+an after-thought, war and martial law were proclaimed for the Samoan
+Islands, the introduction of contraband of war forbidden, and ships
+and boats declared liable to search.&nbsp; &ldquo;All support of the
+rebels will be punished by martial law,&rdquo; continued the proclamation,
+&ldquo;no matter to what nationality the person [<i>Th&auml;ter</i>]
+may belong.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Hand, it has been seen, declined to act in the matter of the <i>Richmond</i>
+without the concurrence of his consul; but I have found no evidence
+that either Hand or Knappe communicated with de Coetlogon, with whom
+they were both at daggers drawn.&nbsp; First the seizure and next the
+proclamation seem to have burst on the English consul from a clear sky;
+and he wrote on the same day, throwing doubt on Knappe&rsquo;s authority
+to declare war.&nbsp; Knappe replied on the 20th that the Imperial German
+Government had been at war as a matter of fact since December 19th,
+and that it was only for the convenience of the subjects of other states
+that he had been empowered to make a formal declaration.&nbsp; &ldquo;From
+that moment,&rdquo; he added, &ldquo;martial law prevails in Samoa.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+De Coetlogon instantly retorted, declining martial law for British subjects,
+and announcing a proclamation in that sense.&nbsp; Instantly, again,
+came that astonishing document, Knappe&rsquo;s rejoinder, without pause,
+without reflection&mdash;the pens screeching on the paper, the messengers
+(you would think) running from consulate to consulate: &ldquo;I have
+had the honour to receive your Excellency&rsquo;s [<i>Hochwohlgeboren</i>]
+agreeable communication of to-day.&nbsp; Since, on the ground of received
+instructions, martial law has been declared in Samoa, British subjects
+as well as others fall under its application.&nbsp; I warn you therefore
+to abstain from such a proclamation as you announce in your letter.&nbsp;
+It will be such a piece of business as shall make yourself answerable
+under martial law.&nbsp; Besides, your proclamation will be disregarded.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+De Coetlogon of course issued his proclamation at once, Knappe retorted
+with another, and night closed on the first stage of this insane collision.&nbsp;
+I hear the German consul was on this day prostrated with fever; charity
+at least must suppose him hardly answerable for his language.</p>
+<p>Early on the 21st, Mr. Mansfield Gallien, a passing traveller, was
+seized in his berth on board the <i>Richmond</i>, and carried, half-dressed,
+on board a German war-ship.&nbsp; His offence was, in the circumstances
+and after the proclamation, substantial.&nbsp; He had gone the day before,
+in the spirit of a tourist to Mataafa&rsquo;s camp, had spoken with
+the king, and had even recommended him an appeal to Sir George Grey.&nbsp;
+Fritze, I gather, had been long uneasy; this arrest on board a British
+ship fitted the measure.&nbsp; Doubtless, as he had written long before,
+the consul alone was responsible &ldquo;on the legal side&rdquo;; but
+the captain began to ask himself, &ldquo;What next?&rdquo;&mdash;telegraphed
+direct home for instructions, &ldquo;Is arrest of foreigners on foreign
+vessels legal?&rdquo;&mdash;and was ready, at a word from Captain Hand,
+to discharge his dangerous prisoner.&nbsp; The word in question (so
+the story goes) was not without a kind of wit.&nbsp; &ldquo;I wish you
+would set that man ashore,&rdquo; Hand is reported to have said, indicating
+Gallien; &ldquo;I wish you would set that man ashore, to save me the
+trouble.&rdquo;&nbsp; The same day de Coetlogon published a proclamation
+requesting captains to submit to search for contraband of war.</p>
+<p>On the 22nd the <i>Samoa Times and South Sea Advertiser</i> was suppressed
+by order of Fritze.&nbsp; I have hitherto refrained from mentioning
+the single paper of our islands, that I might deal with it once for
+all.&nbsp; It is of course a tiny sheet; but I have often had occasion
+to wonder at the ability of its articles, and almost always at the decency
+of its tone.&nbsp; Officials may at times be a little roughly, and at
+times a little captiously, criticised; private persons are habitually
+respected; and there are many papers in England, and still more in the
+States, even of leading organs in chief cities, that might envy, and
+would do well to imitate, the courtesy and discretion of the <i>Samoa
+Times</i>.&nbsp; Yet the editor, Cusack, is only an amateur in journalism,
+and a carpenter by trade.&nbsp; His chief fault is one perhaps inevitable
+in so small a place&mdash;that he seems a little in the leading of a
+clique; but his interest in the public weal is genuine and generous.&nbsp;
+One man&rsquo;s meat is another man&rsquo;s poison: Anglo-Saxons and
+Germans have been differently brought up. To our galled experience the
+paper appears moderate; to their untried sensations it seems violent.&nbsp;
+We think a public man fair game; we think it a part of his duty, and
+I am told he finds it a part of his reward, to be continually canvassed
+by the press.&nbsp; For the Germans, on the other hand, an official
+wears a certain sacredness; when he is called over the coals, they are
+shocked, and (if the official be a German) feel that Germany itself
+has been insulted.&nbsp; The <i>Samoa Times</i> had been long a mountain
+of offence.&nbsp; Brandeis had imported from the colonies another printer
+of the name of Jones, to deprive Cusack of the government printing.&nbsp;
+German sailors had come ashore one day, wild with offended patriotism,
+to punish the editor with stripes, and the result was delightfully amusing.&nbsp;
+The champions asked for the English printer.&nbsp; They were shown the
+wrong man, and the blows intended for Cusack had hailed on the shoulders
+of his rival Jones.&nbsp; On the 12th, Cusack had reprinted an article
+from a San Francisco paper; the Germans had complained; and de Coetlogon,
+in a moment of weakness, had fined the editor twenty pounds.&nbsp; The
+judgment was afterwards reversed in Fiji; but even at the time it had
+not satisfied the Germans.&nbsp; And so now, on the third day of martial
+law, the paper was suppressed.&nbsp; Here we have another of these international
+obscurities.&nbsp; To Fritze the step seemed natural and obvious; for
+Anglo-Saxons it was a hand laid upon the altar; and the month was scarce
+out before the voice of Senator Frye announced to his colleagues that
+free speech had been suppressed in Samoa.</p>
+<p>Perhaps we must seek some similar explanation for Fritze&rsquo;s
+short-lived code, published and withdrawn the next day, the 23rd.&nbsp;
+Fritze himself was in no humour for extremities.&nbsp; He was much in
+the position of a lieutenant who should perceive his captain urging
+the ship upon the rocks.&nbsp; It is plain he had lost all confidence
+in his commanding officer &ldquo;upon the legal side&rdquo;; and we
+find him writing home with anxious candour.&nbsp; He had understood
+that martial law implied military possession; he was in military possession
+of nothing but his ship, and shrewdly suspected that his martial jurisdiction
+should be confined within the same limits.&nbsp; &ldquo;As a matter
+of fact,&rdquo; he writes, &ldquo;we do not occupy the territory, and
+cannot give foreigners the necessary protection, because Mataafa and
+his people can at any moment forcibly interrupt me in my jurisdiction.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Yet in the eyes of Anglo-Saxons the severity of his code appeared burlesque.&nbsp;
+I give but three of its provisions.&nbsp; The crime of inciting German
+troops &ldquo;by any means, as, for instance, informing them of proclamations
+by the enemy,&rdquo; was punishable with death; that of &ldquo;publishing
+or secretly distributing anything, whether printed or written, bearing
+on the war,&rdquo; with prison or deportation; and that of calling or
+attending a public meeting, unless permitted, with the same.&nbsp; Such
+were the tender mercies of Knappe, lurking in the western end of the
+German quarter, where Mataafa could &ldquo;at any moment&rdquo; interrupt
+his jurisdiction.</p>
+<p>On the 22nd (day of the suppression of the <i>Times</i>) de Coetlogon
+wrote to inquire if hostilities were intended against Great Britain,
+which Knappe on the same day denied.&nbsp; On the 23rd de Coetlogon
+sent a complaint of hostile acts, such as the armed and forcible entry
+of the <i>Richmond</i> before the declaration and arrest of Gallien.&nbsp;
+In his reply, dated the 24th, Knappe took occasion to repeat, although
+now with more self-command, his former threat against de Coetlogon.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;I am still of the opinion,&rdquo; he writes, &ldquo;that even
+foreign consuls are liable to the application of martial law, if they
+are guilty of offences against the belligerent state.&rdquo;&nbsp; The
+same day (24th) de Coetlogon complained that Fletcher, manager for Messrs.
+MacArthur, had been summoned by Fritze.&nbsp; In answer, Knappe had
+&ldquo;the honour to inform your Excellency that since the declaration
+of the state of war, British subjects are liable to martial law, and
+Mr. Fletcher will be arrested if he does not appear.&rdquo;&nbsp; Here,
+then, was the gauntlet thrown down, and de Coetlogon was burning to
+accept it.&nbsp; Fletcher&rsquo;s offence was this.&nbsp; Upon the 22nd
+a steamer had come in from Wellington, specially chartered to bring
+German despatches to Apia.&nbsp; The rumour came along with her from
+New Zealand that in these despatches Knappe would find himself rebuked,
+and Fletcher was accused of having &ldquo;interested himself in the
+spreading of this rumour.&rdquo;&nbsp; His arrest was actually ordered,
+when Hand succeeded in persuading him to surrender.&nbsp; At the German
+court, the case was dismissed &ldquo;<i>wegen Nichtigkeit</i>&rdquo;;
+and the acute stage of these distempers may be said to have ended.&nbsp;
+Blessed are the peacemakers.&nbsp; Hand had perhaps averted a collision.&nbsp;
+What is more certain, he had offered to the world a perfectly original
+reading of the part of British seaman.</p>
+<p>Hand may have averted a collision, I say; but I am tempted to believe
+otherwise.&nbsp; I am tempted to believe the threat to arrest Fletcher
+was the last mutter of the declining tempest and a mere sop to Knappe&rsquo;s
+self-respect.&nbsp; I am tempted to believe the rumour in question was
+substantially correct, and the steamer from Wellington had really brought
+the German consul grounds for hesitation, if not orders to retreat.&nbsp;
+I believe the unhappy man to have awakened from a dream, and to have
+read ominous writing on the wall.&nbsp; An enthusiastic popularity surrounded
+him among the Germans.&nbsp; It was natural.&nbsp; Consul and colony
+had passed through an hour of serious peril, and the consul had set
+the example of undaunted courage.&nbsp; He was entertained at dinner.&nbsp;
+Fritze, who was known to have secretly opposed him, was scorned and
+avoided.&nbsp; But the clerks of the German firm were one thing, Prince
+Bismarck was another; and on a cold review of these events, it is not
+improbable that Knappe may have envied the position of his naval colleague.&nbsp;
+It is certain, at least, that he set himself to shuffle and capitulate;
+and when the blow fell, he was able to reply that the martial law business
+had in the meanwhile come right; that the English and American consular
+courts stood open for ordinary cases and that in different conversations
+with Captain Hand, &ldquo;who has always maintained friendly intercourse
+with the German authorities,&rdquo; it had been repeatedly explained
+that only the supply of weapons and ammunition, or similar aid and support,
+was to come under German martial law.&nbsp; Was it weapons or ammunition
+that Fletcher had supplied?&nbsp; But it is unfair to criticise these
+wrigglings of an unfortunate in a false position.</p>
+<p>In a despatch of the 23rd, which has not been printed, Knappe had
+told his story: how he had declared war, subjected foreigners to martial
+law, and been received with a counter-proclamation by the English consul;
+and how (in an interview with Mataafa chiefs at the plantation house
+of Motuotua, of which I cannot find the date) he had demanded the cession
+of arms and of ringleaders for punishment, and proposed to assume the
+government of the islands.&nbsp; On February 12th he received Bismarck&rsquo;s
+answer: &ldquo;You had no right to take foreigners from the jurisdiction
+of their consuls.&nbsp; The protest of your English colleague is grounded.&nbsp;
+In disputes which may arise from this cause you will find yourself in
+the wrong.&nbsp; The demand formulated by you, as to the assumption
+of the government of Samoa by Germany, lay outside of your instructions
+and of our design.&nbsp; Take it immediately back.&nbsp; If your telegram
+is here rightly understood, I cannot call your conduct good.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+It must be a hard heart that does not sympathise with Knappe in the
+hour when he received this document.&nbsp; Yet it may be said that his
+troubles were still in the beginning.&nbsp; Men had contended against
+him, and he had not prevailed; he was now to be at war with the elements,
+and find his name identified with an immense disaster.</p>
+<p>One more date, however, must be given first.&nbsp; It was on February
+27th that Fritze formally announced martial law to be suspended, and
+himself to have relinquished the control of the police.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER X&mdash;THE HURRICANE</h2>
+<p><i>March</i> 1889</p>
+<p>The so-called harbour of Apia is formed in part by a recess of the
+coast-line at Matautu, in part by the slim peninsula of Mulinuu, and
+in part by the fresh waters of the Mulivai and Vaisingano.&nbsp; The
+barrier reef&mdash;that singular breakwater that makes so much of the
+circuit of Pacific islands&mdash;is carried far to sea at Matautu and
+Mulinuu; inside of these two horns it runs sharply landward, and between
+them it is burst or dissolved by the fresh water.&nbsp; The shape of
+the enclosed anchorage may be compared to a high-shouldered jar or bottle
+with a funnel mouth.&nbsp; Its sides are almost everywhere of coral;
+for the reef not only bounds it to seaward and forms the neck and mouth,
+but skirting about the beach, it forms the bottom also.&nbsp; As in
+the bottle of commerce, the bottom is re-entrant, and the shore-reef
+runs prominently forth into the basin and makes a dangerous cape opposite
+the fairway of the entrance.&nbsp; Danger is, therefore, on all hands.&nbsp;
+The entrance gapes three cables wide at the narrowest, and the formidable
+surf of the Pacific thunders both outside and in.&nbsp; There are days
+when speech is difficult in the chambers of shore-side houses; days
+when no boat can land, and when men are broken by stroke of sea against
+the wharves.&nbsp; As I write these words, three miles in the mountains,
+and with the land-breeze still blowing from the island summit, the sound
+of that vexed harbour hums in my ears.&nbsp; Such a creek in my native
+coast of Scotland would scarce be dignified with the mark of an anchor
+in the chart; but in the favoured climate of Samoa, and with the mechanical
+regularity of the winds in the Pacific, it forms, for ten or eleven
+months out of the twelve, a safe if hardly a commodious port.&nbsp;
+The ill-found island traders ride there with their insufficient moorings
+the year through, and discharge, and are loaded, without apprehension.&nbsp;
+Of danger, when it comes, the glass gives timely warning; and that any
+modern war-ship, furnished with the power of steam, should have been
+lost in Apia, belongs not so much to nautical as to political history.</p>
+<p>The weather throughout all that winter (the turbulent summer of the
+islands) was unusually fine, and the circumstance had been commented
+on as providential, when so many Samoans were lying on their weapons
+in the bush.&nbsp; By February it began to break in occasional gales.&nbsp;
+On February 10th a German brigantine was driven ashore.&nbsp; On the
+14th the same misfortune befell an American brigantine and a schooner.&nbsp;
+On both these days, and again on the 7th March, the men-of-war must
+steam to their anchors.&nbsp; And it was in this last month, the most
+dangerous of the twelve, that man&rsquo;s animosities crowded that indentation
+of the reef with costly, populous, and vulnerable ships.</p>
+<p>I have shown, perhaps already at too great a length, how violently
+passion ran upon the spot; how high this series of blunders and mishaps
+had heated the resentment of the Germans against all other nationalities
+and of all other nationalities against the Germans.&nbsp; But there
+was one country beyond the borders of Samoa where the question had aroused
+a scarce less angry sentiment.&nbsp; The breach of the Washington Congress,
+the evidence of Sewall before a sub-committee on foreign relations,
+the proposal to try Klein before a military court, and the rags of Captain
+Hamilton&rsquo;s flag, had combined to stir the people of the States
+to an unwonted fervour.&nbsp; Germany was for the time the abhorred
+of nations.&nbsp; Germans in America publicly disowned the country of
+their birth.&nbsp; In Honolulu, so near the scene of action, German
+and American young men fell to blows in the street.&nbsp; In the same
+city, from no traceable source, and upon no possible authority, there
+arose a rumour of tragic news to arrive by the next occasion, that the
+<i>Nipsic</i> had opened fire on the <i>Adler</i>, and the <i>Adler</i>
+had sunk her on the first reply.&nbsp; Punctually on the day appointed,
+the news came; and the two nations, instead of being plunged into war,
+could only mingle tears over the loss of heroes.</p>
+<p>By the second week in March three American ships were in Apia bay,&mdash;the
+<i>Nipsic</i>, the <i>Vandalia</i>, and the <i>Trenton</i>, carrying
+the flag of Rear-Admiral Kimberley; three German,&mdash;the <i>Adler</i>,
+the <i>Eber</i>, and the <i>Olga</i>; and one British,&mdash;the <i>Calliope</i>,
+Captain Kane.&nbsp; Six merchant-men, ranging from twenty-five up to
+five hundred tons, and a number of small craft, further encumbered the
+anchorage.&nbsp; Its capacity is estimated by Captain Kane at four large
+ships; and the latest arrivals, the <i>Vandalia</i> and <i>Trenton</i>,
+were in consequence excluded, and lay without in the passage.&nbsp;
+Of the seven war-ships, the seaworthiness of two was questionable: the
+<i>Trenton&rsquo;s</i>, from an original defect in her construction,
+often reported, never remedied&mdash;her hawse-pipes leading in on the
+berth-deck; the <i>Eber&rsquo;s</i>, from an injury to her screw in
+the blow of February 14th.&nbsp; In this overcrowding of ships in an
+open entry of the reef, even the eye of the landsman could spy danger;
+and Captain-Lieutenant Wallis of the <i>Eber</i> openly blamed and lamented,
+not many hours before the catastrophe, their helpless posture.&nbsp;
+Temper once more triumphed.&nbsp; The army of Mataafa still hung imminent
+behind the town; the German quarter was still daily garrisoned with
+fifty sailors from the squadron; what was yet more influential, Germany
+and the States, at least in Apia bay, were on the brink of war, viewed
+each other with looks of hatred, and scarce observed the letter of civility.&nbsp;
+On the day of the admiral&rsquo;s arrival, Knappe failed to call on
+him, and on the morrow called on him while he was on shore.&nbsp; The
+slight was remarked and resented, and the two squadrons clung more obstinately
+to their dangerous station.</p>
+<p>On the 15th the barometer fell to 29.11 in. by 2 P.M.&nbsp; This
+was the moment when every sail in port should have escaped.&nbsp; Kimberley,
+who flew the only broad pennant, should certainly have led the way:
+he clung, instead, to his moorings, and the Germans doggedly followed
+his example: semi-belligerents, daring each other and the violence of
+heaven.&nbsp; Kane, less immediately involved, was led in error by the
+report of residents and a fallacious rise in the glass; he stayed with
+the others, a misjudgment that was like to cost him dear.&nbsp; All
+were moored, as is the custom in Apia, with two anchors practically
+east and west, clear hawse to the north, and a kedge astern.&nbsp; Topmasts
+were struck, and the ships made snug.&nbsp; The night closed black,
+with sheets of rain.&nbsp; By midnight it blew a gale; and by the morning
+watch, a tempest.&nbsp; Through what remained of darkness, the captains
+impatiently expected day, doubtful if they were dragging, steaming gingerly
+to their moorings, and afraid to steam too much.</p>
+<p>Day came about six, and presented to those on shore a seizing and
+terrific spectacle.&nbsp; In the pressure of the squalls the bay was
+obscured as if by midnight, but between them a great part of it was
+clearly if darkly visible amid driving mist and rain.&nbsp; The wind
+blew into the harbour mouth.&nbsp; Naval authorities describe it as
+of hurricane force.&nbsp; It had, however, few or none of the effects
+on shore suggested by that ominous word, and was successfully withstood
+by trees and buildings.&nbsp; The agitation of the sea, on the other
+hand, surpassed experience and description.&nbsp; Seas that might have
+awakened surprise and terror in the midst of the Atlantic ranged bodily
+and (it seemed to observers) almost without diminution into the belly
+of that flask-shaped harbour; and the war-ships were alternately buried
+from view in the trough, or seen standing on end against the breast
+of billows.</p>
+<p>The <i>Trenton</i> at daylight still maintained her position in the
+neck of the bottle.&nbsp; But five of the remaining ships tossed, already
+close to the bottom, in a perilous and helpless crowd; threatening ruin
+to each other as they tossed; threatened with a common and imminent
+destruction on the reefs.&nbsp; Three had been already in collision:
+the <i>Olga</i> was injured in the quarter, the <i>Adler</i> had lost
+her bowsprit; the <i>Nipsic</i> had lost her smoke-stack, and was making
+steam with difficulty, maintaining her fire with barrels of pork, and
+the smoke and sparks pouring along the level of the deck.&nbsp; For
+the seventh war-ship the day had come too late; the <i>Eber</i> had
+finished her last cruise; she was to be seen no more save by the eyes
+of divers.&nbsp; A coral reef is not only an instrument of destruction,
+but a place of sepulchre; the submarine cliff is profoundly undercut,
+and presents the mouth of a huge antre in which the bodies of men and
+the hulls of ships are alike hurled down and buried.&nbsp; The <i>Eber</i>
+had dragged anchors with the rest; her injured screw disabled her from
+steaming vigorously up; and a little before day she had struck the front
+of the coral, come off, struck again, and gone down stern foremost,
+oversetting as she went, into the gaping hollow of the reef.&nbsp; Of
+her whole complement of nearly eighty, four souls were cast alive on
+the beach; and the bodies of the remainder were, by the voluminous outpouring
+of the flooded streams, scoured at last from the harbour, and strewed
+naked on the seaboard of the island.</p>
+<p>Five ships were immediately menaced with the same destruction.&nbsp;
+The <i>Eber</i> vanished&mdash;the four poor survivors on shore&mdash;read
+a dreadful commentary on their danger; which was swelled out of all
+proportion by the violence of their own movements as they leaped and
+fell among the billows.&nbsp; By seven the <i>Nipsic</i> was so fortunate
+as to avoid the reef and beach upon a space of sand; where she was immediately
+deserted by her crew, with the assistance of Samoans, not without loss
+of life.&nbsp; By about eight it was the turn of the <i>Adler</i>.&nbsp;
+She was close down upon the reef; doomed herself, it might yet be possible
+to save a portion of her crew; and for this end Captain Fritze placed
+his reliance on the very hugeness of the seas that threatened him.&nbsp;
+The moment was watched for with the anxiety of despair, but the coolness
+of disciplined courage.&nbsp; As she rose on the fatal wave, her moorings
+were simultaneously slipped; she broached to in rising; and the sea
+heaved her bodily upward and cast her down with a concussion on the
+summit of the reef, where she lay on her beam-ends, her back broken,
+buried in breaching seas, but safe.&nbsp; Conceive a table: the <i>Eber</i>
+in the darkness had been smashed against the rim and flung below; the
+<i>Adler</i>, cast free in the nick of opportunity, had been thrown
+upon the top.&nbsp; Many were injured in the concussion; many tossed
+into the water; twenty perished.&nbsp; The survivors crept again on
+board their ship, as it now lay, and as it still remains, keel to the
+waves, a monument of the sea&rsquo;s potency.&nbsp; In still weather,
+under a cloudless sky, in those seasons when that ill-named ocean, the
+Pacific, suffers its vexed shores to rest, she lies high and dry, the
+spray scarce touching her&mdash;the hugest structure of man&rsquo;s
+hands within a circuit of a thousand miles&mdash;tossed up there like
+a schoolboy&rsquo;s cap upon a shelf; broken like an egg; a thing to
+dream of.</p>
+<p>The unfriendly consuls of Germany and Britain were both that morning
+in Matautu, and both displayed their nobler qualities.&nbsp; De Coetlogon,
+the grim old soldier, collected his family and kneeled with them in
+an agony of prayer for those exposed.&nbsp; Knappe, more fortunate in
+that he was called to a more active service, must, upon the striking
+of the <i>Adler</i>, pass to his own consulate.&nbsp; From this he was
+divided by the Vaisingano, now a raging torrent, impetuously charioting
+the trunks of trees.&nbsp; A kelpie might have dreaded to attempt the
+passage; we may conceive this brave but unfortunate and now ruined man
+to have found a natural joy in the exposure of his life; and twice that
+day, coming and going, he braved the fury of the river.&nbsp; It was
+possible, in spite of the darkness of the hurricane and the continual
+breaching of the seas, to remark human movements on the <i>Adler</i>;
+and by the help of Samoans, always nobly forward in the work, whether
+for friend or enemy, Knappe sought long to get a line conveyed from
+shore, and was for long defeated.&nbsp; The shore guard of fifty men
+stood to their arms the while upon the beach, useless themselves, and
+a great deterrent of Samoan usefulness.&nbsp; It was perhaps impossible
+that this mistake should be avoided.&nbsp; What more natural, to the
+mind of a European, than that the Mataafas should fall upon the Germans
+in this hour of their disadvantage?&nbsp; But they had no other thought
+than to assist; and those who now rallied beside Knappe braved (as they
+supposed) in doing so a double danger, from the fury of the sea and
+the weapons of their enemies.&nbsp; About nine, a quarter-master swam
+ashore, and reported all the officers and some sixty men alive but in
+pitiable case; some with broken limbs, others insensible from the drenching
+of the breakers.&nbsp; Later in the forenoon, certain valorous Samoans
+succeeded in reaching the wreck and returning with a line; but it was
+speedily broken; and all subsequent attempts proved unavailing, the
+strongest adventurers being cast back again by the bursting seas.&nbsp;
+Thenceforth, all through that day and night, the deafened survivors
+must continue to endure their martyrdom; and one officer died, it was
+supposed from agony of mind, in his inverted cabin.</p>
+<p>Three ships still hung on the next margin of destruction, steaming
+desperately to their moorings, dashed helplessly together.&nbsp; The
+<i>Calliope</i> was the nearest in; she had the <i>Vandalia</i> close
+on her port side and a little ahead, the <i>Olga</i> close a-starboard,
+the reef under her heel; and steaming and veering on her cables, the
+unhappy ship fenced with her three dangers.&nbsp; About a quarter to
+nine she carried away the <i>Vandalia&rsquo;s</i> quarter gallery with
+her jib-boom; a moment later, the <i>Olga</i> had near rammed her from
+the other side.&nbsp; By nine the <i>Vandalia</i> dropped down on her
+too fast to be avoided, and clapped her stern under the bowsprit of
+the English ship, the fastenings of which were burst asunder as she
+rose.&nbsp; To avoid cutting her down, it was necessary for the <i>Calliope</i>
+to stop and even to reverse her engines; and her rudder was at the moment&mdash;or
+it seemed so to the eyes of those on board&mdash;within ten feet of
+the reef.&nbsp; &ldquo;Between the <i>Vandalia</i> and the reef&rdquo;
+(writes Kane, in his excellent report) &ldquo;it was destruction.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+To repeat Fritze&rsquo;s manoeuvre with the <i>Adler</i> was impossible;
+the <i>Calliope</i> was too heavy.&nbsp; The one possibility of escape
+was to go out.&nbsp; If the engines should stand, if they should have
+power to drive the ship against wind and sea, if she should answer the
+helm, if the wheel, rudder, and gear should hold out, and if they were
+favoured with a clear blink of weather in which to see and avoid the
+outer reef&mdash;there, and there only, were safety.&nbsp; Upon this
+catalogue of &ldquo;ifs&rdquo; Kane staked his all.&nbsp; He signalled
+to the engineer for every pound of steam&mdash;and at that moment (I
+am told) much of the machinery was already red-hot.&nbsp; The ship was
+sheered well to starboard of the <i>Vandalia</i>, the last remaining
+cable slipped.&nbsp; For a time&mdash;and there was no onlooker so cold-blooded
+as to offer a guess at its duration&mdash;the <i>Calliope</i> lay stationary;
+then gradually drew ahead.&nbsp; The highest speed claimed for her that
+day is of one sea-mile an hour.&nbsp; The question of times and seasons,
+throughout all this roaring business, is obscured by a dozen contradictions;
+I have but chosen what appeared to be the most consistent; but if I
+am to pay any attention to the time named by Admiral Kimberley, the
+<i>Calliope</i>, in this first stage of her escape, must have taken
+more than two hours to cover less than four cables.&nbsp; As she thus
+crept seaward, she buried bow and stem alternately under the billows.</p>
+<p>In the fairway of the entrance the flagship <i>Trenton</i> still
+held on.&nbsp; Her rudder was broken, her wheel carried away; within
+she was flooded with water from the peccant hawse-pipes; she had just
+made the signal &ldquo;fires extinguished,&rdquo; and lay helpless,
+awaiting the inevitable end.&nbsp; Between this melancholy hulk and
+the external reef Kane must find a path.&nbsp; Steering within fifty
+yards of the reef (for which she was actually headed) and her foreyard
+passing on the other hand over the <i>Trenton&rsquo;s</i> quarter as
+she rolled, the <i>Calliope</i> sheered between the rival dangers, came
+to the wind triumphantly, and was once more pointed for the sea and
+safety.&nbsp; Not often in naval history was there a moment of more
+sickening peril, and it was dignified by one of those incidents that
+reconcile the chronicler with his otherwise abhorrent task.&nbsp; From
+the doomed flagship the Americans hailed the success of the English
+with a cheer.&nbsp; It was led by the old admiral in person, rang out
+over the storm with holiday vigour, and was answered by the Calliopes
+with an emotion easily conceived.&nbsp; This ship of their kinsfolk
+was almost the last external object seen from the <i>Calliope</i> for
+hours; immediately after, the mists closed about her till the morrow.&nbsp;
+She was safe at sea again&mdash;<i>una de multis</i>&mdash;with a damaged
+foreyard, and a loss of all the ornamental work about her bow and stern,
+three anchors, one kedge-anchor, fourteen lengths of chain, four boats,
+the jib-boom, bobstay, and bands and fastenings of the bowsprit.</p>
+<p>Shortly after Kane had slipped his cable, Captain Schoonmaker, despairing
+of the <i>Vandalia</i>, succeeded in passing astern of the <i>Olga</i>,
+in the hope to beach his ship beside the <i>Nipsic</i>.&nbsp; At a quarter
+to eleven her stern took the reef, her hand swung to starboard, and
+she began to fill and settle.&nbsp; Many lives of brave men were sacrificed
+in the attempt to get a line ashore; the captain, exhausted by his exertions,
+was swept from deck by a sea; and the rail being soon awash, the survivors
+took refuge in the tops.</p>
+<p>Out of thirteen that had lain there the day before, there were now
+but two ships afloat in Apia harbour, and one of these was doomed to
+be the bane of the other.&nbsp; About 3 P.M. the <i>Trenton</i> parted
+one cable, and shortly after a second.&nbsp; It was sought to keep her
+head to wind with storm-sails and by the ingenious expedient of filling
+the rigging with seamen; but in the fury of the gale, and in that sea,
+perturbed alike by the gigantic billows and the volleying discharges
+of the rivers, the rudderless ship drove down stern foremost into the
+inner basin; ranging, plunging, and striking like a frightened horse;
+drifting on destruction for herself and bringing it to others.&nbsp;
+Twice the <i>Olga</i> (still well under command) avoided her impact
+by the skilful use of helm and engines.&nbsp; But about four the vigilance
+of the Germans was deceived, and the ships collided; the <i>Olga</i>
+cutting into the <i>Trenton&rsquo;s</i> quarters, first from one side,
+then from the other, and losing at the same time two of her own cables.&nbsp;
+Captain von Ehrhardt instantly slipped the remainder of his moorings,
+and setting fore and aft canvas, and going full steam ahead, succeeded
+in beaching his ship in Matautu; whither Knappe, recalled by this new
+disaster, had returned.&nbsp; The berth was perhaps the best in the
+harbour, and von Ehrhardt signalled that ship and crew were in security.</p>
+<p>The <i>Trenton</i>, guided apparently by an under-tow or eddy from
+the discharge of the Vaisingano, followed in the course of the <i>Nipsic</i>
+and <i>Vandalia</i>, and skirted south-eastward along the front of the
+shore reef, which her keel was at times almost touching.&nbsp; Hitherto
+she had brought disaster to her foes; now she was bringing it to friends.&nbsp;
+She had already proved the ruin of the <i>Olga</i>, the one ship that
+had rid out the hurricane in safety; now she beheld across her course
+the submerged <i>Vandalia</i>, the tops filled with exhausted seamen.&nbsp;
+Happily the approach of the <i>Trenton</i> was gradual, and the time
+employed to advantage.&nbsp; Rockets and lines were thrown into the
+tops of the friendly wreck; the approach of danger was transformed into
+a means of safety; and before the ships struck, the men from the <i>Vandalia&rsquo;s</i>
+main and mizzen masts, which went immediately by the board in the collision,
+were already mustered on the <i>Trenton&rsquo;s</i> decks.&nbsp; Those
+from the foremast were next rescued; and the flagship settled gradually
+into a position alongside her neighbour, against which she beat all
+night with violence.&nbsp; Out of the crew of the <i>Vandalia</i> forty-three
+had perished; of the four hundred and fifty on board the <i>Trenton</i>,
+only one.</p>
+<p>The night of the 16th was still notable for a howling tempest and
+extraordinary floods of rain.&nbsp; It was feared the wreck could scarce
+continue to endure the breaching of the seas; among the Germans, the
+fate of those on board the <i>Adler</i> awoke keen anxiety; and Knappe,
+on the beach of Matautu, and the other officers of his consulate on
+that of Matafele, watched all night.&nbsp; The morning of the 17th displayed
+a scene of devastation rarely equalled: the <i>Adler</i> high and dry,
+the <i>Olga</i> and <i>Nipsic</i> beached, the <i>Trenton</i> partly
+piled on the <i>Vandalia</i> and herself sunk to the gun-deck; no sail
+afloat; and the beach heaped high with the <i>d&eacute;bris</i> of ships
+and the wreck of mountain forests.&nbsp; Already, before the day, Seumanu,
+the chief of Apia, had gallantly ventured forth by boat through the
+subsiding fury of the seas, and had succeeded in communicating with
+the admiral; already, or as soon after as the dawn permitted, rescue
+lines were rigged, and the survivors were with difficulty and danger
+begun to be brought to shore.&nbsp; And soon the cheerful spirit of
+the admiral added a new feature to the scene.&nbsp; Surrounded as he
+was by the crews of two wrecked ships, he paraded the band of the <i>Trenton</i>,
+and the bay was suddenly enlivened with the strains of &ldquo;Hail Columbia.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>During a great part of the day the work of rescue was continued,
+with many instances of courage and devotion; and for a long time succeeding,
+the almost inexhaustible harvest of the beach was to be reaped.&nbsp;
+In the first employment, the Samoans earned the gratitude of friend
+and foe; in the second, they surprised all by an unexpected virtue,
+that of honesty.&nbsp; The greatness of the disaster, and the magnitude
+of the treasure now rolling at their feet, may perhaps have roused in
+their bosoms an emotion too serious for the rule of greed, or perhaps
+that greed was for the moment satiated.&nbsp; Sails that twelve strong
+Samoans could scarce drag from the water, great guns (one of which was
+rolled by the sea on the body of a man, the only native slain in all
+the hurricane), an infinite wealth of rope and wood, of tools and weapons,
+tossed upon the beach.&nbsp; Yet I have never heard that much was stolen;
+and beyond question, much was very honestly returned.&nbsp; On both
+accounts, for the saving of life and the restoration of property, the
+government of the United States showed themselves generous in reward.&nbsp;
+A fine boat was fitly presented to Seumanu; and rings, watches, and
+money were lavished on all who had assisted.&nbsp; The Germans also
+gave money at the rate (as I receive the tale) of three dollars a head
+for every German saved.&nbsp; The obligation was in this instance incommensurably
+deep, those with whom they were at war had saved the German blue-jackets
+at the venture of their lives; Knappe was, besides, far from ungenerous;
+and I can only explain the niggard figure by supposing it was paid from
+his own pocket.&nbsp; In one case, at least, it was refused.&nbsp; &ldquo;I
+have saved three Germans,&rdquo; said the rescuer; &ldquo;I will make
+you a present of the three.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The crews of the American and German squadrons were now cast, still
+in a bellicose temper, together on the beach.&nbsp; The discipline of
+the Americans was notoriously loose; the crew of the <i>Nipsic</i> had
+earned a character for lawlessness in other ports; and recourse was
+had to stringent and indeed extraordinary measures.&nbsp; The town was
+divided in two camps, to which the different nationalities were confined.&nbsp;
+Kimberley had his quarter sentinelled and patrolled.&nbsp; Any seaman
+disregarding a challenge was to be shot dead; any tavern-keeper who
+sold spirits to an American sailor was to have his tavern broken and
+his stock destroyed.&nbsp; Many of the publicans were German; and Knappe,
+having narrated these rigorous but necessary dispositions, wonders (grinning
+to himself over his despatch) how far these Americans will go in their
+assumption of jurisdiction over Germans.&nbsp; Such as they were, the
+measures were successful.&nbsp; The incongruous mass of castaways was
+kept in peace, and at last shipped in peace out of the islands.</p>
+<p>Kane returned to Apia on the 19th, to find the <i>Calliope</i> the
+sole survivor of thirteen sail.&nbsp; He thanked his men, and in particular
+the engineers, in a speech of unusual feeling and beauty, of which one
+who was present remarked to another, as they left the ship, &ldquo;This
+has been a means of grace.&rdquo;&nbsp; Nor did he forget to thank and
+compliment the admiral; and I cannot deny myself the pleasure of transcribing
+from Kimberley&rsquo;s reply some generous and engaging words.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;My dear captain,&rdquo; he wrote, &ldquo;your kind note received.&nbsp;
+You went out splendidly, and we all felt from our hearts for you, and
+our cheers came with sincerity and admiration for the able manner in
+which you handled your ship.&nbsp; We could not have been gladder if
+it had been one of our ships, for in a time like that I can truly say
+with old Admiral Josiah Latnall, &lsquo;that blood is thicker than water.&rsquo;&rdquo;&nbsp;
+One more trait will serve to build up the image of this typical sea-officer.&nbsp;
+A tiny schooner, the <i>Equator</i>, Captain Edwin Reid, dear to myself
+from the memories of a six months&rsquo; cruise, lived out upon the
+high seas the fury of that tempest which had piled with wrecks the harbour
+of Apia, found a refuge in Pango-Pango, and arrived at last in the desolated
+port with a welcome and lucrative cargo of pigs.&nbsp; The admiral was
+glad to have the pigs; but what most delighted the man&rsquo;s noble
+and childish soul, was to see once more afloat the colours of his country.</p>
+<p>Thus, in what seemed the very article of war, and within the duration
+of a single day, the sword-arm of each of the two angry Powers was broken;
+their formidable ships reduced to junk; their disciplined hundreds to
+a horde of castaways, fed with difficulty, and the fear of whose misconduct
+marred the sleep of their commanders.&nbsp; Both paused aghast; both
+had time to recognise that not the whole Samoan Archipelago was worth
+the loss in men and costly ships already suffered.&nbsp; The so-called
+hurricane of March 16th made thus a marking epoch in world-history;
+directly, and at once, it brought about the congress and treaty of Berlin;
+indirectly, and by a process still continuing, it founded the modern
+navy of the States.&nbsp; Coming years and other historians will declare
+the influence of that.</p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XI&mdash;LAUPEPA AND MATAAFA</h2>
+<p>1889-1892</p>
+<p>With the hurricane, the broken war-ships, and the stranded sailors,
+I am at an end of violence, and my tale flows henceforth among carpet
+incidents.&nbsp; The blue-jackets on Apia beach were still jealously
+held apart by sentries, when the powers at home were already seeking
+a peaceable solution.&nbsp; It was agreed, so far as might be, to obliterate
+two years of blundering; and to resume in 1889, and at Berlin, those
+negotiations which had been so unhappily broken off at Washington in
+1887.&nbsp; The example thus offered by Germany is rare in history;
+in the career of Prince Bismarck, so far as I am instructed, it should
+stand unique.&nbsp; On a review of these two years of blundering, bullying,
+and failure in a little isle of the Pacific, he seems magnanimously
+to have owned his policy was in the wrong.&nbsp; He left Fangalii unexpiated;
+suffered that house of cards, the Tamasese government, to fall by its
+own frailty and without remark or lamentation; left the Samoan question
+openly and fairly to the conference: and in the meanwhile, to allay
+the local heats engendered by Becker and Knappe, he sent to Apia that
+invaluable public servant, Dr. Stuebel.&nbsp; I should be a dishonest
+man if I did not bear testimony to the loyalty since shown by Germans
+in Samoa.&nbsp; Their position was painful; they had talked big in the
+old days, now they had to sing small.&nbsp; Even Stuebel returned to
+the islands under the prejudice of an unfortunate record.&nbsp; To the
+minds of the Samoans his name represented the beginning of their sorrows;
+and in his first term of office he had unquestionably driven hard.&nbsp;
+The greater his merit in the surprising success of the second.&nbsp;
+So long as he stayed, the current of affairs moved smoothly; he left
+behind him on his departure all men at peace; and whether by fortune,
+or for the want of that wise hand of guidance, he was scarce gone before
+the clouds began to gather once more on our horizon.</p>
+<p>Before the first convention, Germany and the States hauled down their
+flags.&nbsp; It was so done again before the second; and Germany, by
+a still more emphatic step of retrogression, returned the exile Laupepa
+to his native shores.&nbsp; For two years the unfortunate man had trembled
+and suffered in the Cameroons, in Germany, in the rainy Marshalls.&nbsp;
+When he left (September 1887) Tamasese was king, served by five iron
+war-ships; his right to rule (like a dogma of the Church) was placed
+outside dispute; the Germans were still, as they were called at that
+last tearful interview in the house by the river, &ldquo;the invincible
+strangers&rdquo;; the thought of resistance, far less the hope of success,
+had not yet dawned on the Samoan mind.&nbsp; He returned (November 1889)
+to a changed world.&nbsp; The Tupua party was reduced to sue for peace,
+Brandeis was withdrawn, Tamasese was dying obscurely of a broken heart;
+the German flag no longer waved over the capital; and over all the islands
+one figure stood supreme.&nbsp; During Laupepa&rsquo;s absence this
+man had succeeded him in all his honours and titles, in tenfold more
+than all his power and popularity.&nbsp; He was the idol of the whole
+nation but the rump of the Tamaseses, and of these he was already the
+secret admiration.&nbsp; In his position there was but one weak point,&mdash;that
+he had even been tacitly excluded by the Germans.&nbsp; Becker, indeed,
+once coquetted with the thought of patronising him; but the project
+had no sequel, and it stands alone.&nbsp; In every other juncture of
+history the German attitude has been the same.&nbsp; Choose whom you
+will to be king; when he has failed, choose whom you please to succeed
+him; when the second fails also, replace the first: upon the one condition,
+that Mataafa be excluded.&nbsp; &ldquo;<i>Pourvu qu&rsquo;il sache signer</i>!&rdquo;&mdash;an
+official is said to have thus summed up the qualifications necessary
+in a Samoan king.&nbsp; And it was perhaps feared that Mataafa could
+do no more and might not always do so much.&nbsp; But this original
+diffidence was heightened by late events to something verging upon animosity.&nbsp;
+Fangalii was unavenged: the arms of Mataafa were</p>
+<blockquote><p><i>Nondum inexpiatis uncta cruoribus</i>,<br />
+Still soiled with the unexpiated blood</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>of German sailors; and though the chief was not present in the field,
+nor could have heard of the affair till it was over, he had reaped from
+it credit with his countrymen and dislike from the Germans.</p>
+<p>I may not say that trouble was hoped.&nbsp; I must say&mdash;if it
+were not feared, the practice of diplomacy must teach a very hopeful
+view of human nature.&nbsp; Mataafa and Laupepa, by the sudden repatriation
+of the last, found themselves face to face in conditions of exasperating
+rivalry.&nbsp; The one returned from the dead of exile to find himself
+replaced and excelled.&nbsp; The other, at the end of a long, anxious,
+and successful struggle, beheld his only possible competitor resuscitated
+from the grave.&nbsp; The qualities of both, in this difficult moment,
+shone out nobly.&nbsp; I feel I seem always less than partial to the
+lovable Laupepa; his virtues are perhaps not those which chiefly please
+me, and are certainly not royal; but he found on his return an opportunity
+to display the admirable sweetness of his nature.&nbsp; The two entered
+into a competition of generosity, for which I can recall no parallel
+in history, each waiving the throne for himself, each pressing it upon
+his rival; and they embraced at last a compromise the terms of which
+seem to have been always obscure and are now disputed.&nbsp; Laupepa
+at least resumed his style of King of Samoa; Mataafa retained much of
+the conduct of affairs, and continued to receive much of the attendance
+and respect befitting royalty; and the two Malietoas, with so many causes
+of disunion, dwelt and met together in the same town like kinsmen.&nbsp;
+It was so, that I first saw them; so, in a house set about with sentries&mdash;for
+there was still a haunting fear of Germany,&mdash;that I heard them
+relate their various experience in the past; heard Laupepa tell with
+touching candour of the sorrows of his exile, and Mataafa with mirthful
+simplicity of his resources and anxieties in the war.&nbsp; The relation
+was perhaps too beautiful to last; it was perhaps impossible but the
+titular king should grow at last uneasily conscious of the <i>maire
+de palais</i> at his side, or the king-maker be at last offended by
+some shadow of distrust or assumption in his creature.&nbsp; I repeat
+the words king-maker and creature; it is so that Mataafa himself conceives
+of their relation: surely not without justice; for, had he not contended
+and prevailed, and been helped by the folly of consuls and the fury
+of the storm, Laupepa must have died in exile.</p>
+<p>Foreigners in these islands know little of the course of native intrigue.&nbsp;
+Partly the Samoans cannot explain, partly they will not tell.&nbsp;
+Ask how much a master can follow of the puerile politics in any school;
+so much and no more we may understand of the events which surround and
+menace us with their results.&nbsp; The missions may perhaps have been
+to blame.&nbsp; Missionaries are perhaps apt to meddle overmuch outside
+their discipline; it is a fault which should be judged with mercy; the
+problem is sometimes so insidiously presented that even a moderate and
+able man is betrayed beyond his own intention; and the missionary in
+such a land as Samoa is something else besides a minister of mere religion;
+he represents civilisation, he is condemned to be an organ of reform,
+he could scarce evade (even if he desired) a certain influence in political
+affairs.&nbsp; And it is believed, besides, by those who fancy they
+know, that the effective force of division between Mataafa and Laupepa
+came from the natives rather than from whites.&nbsp; Before the end
+of 1890, at least, it began to be rumoured that there was dispeace between
+the two Malietoas; and doubtless this had an unsettling influence throughout
+the islands.&nbsp; But there was another ingredient of anxiety.&nbsp;
+The Berlin convention had long closed its sittings; the text of the
+Act had been long in our hands; commissioners were announced to right
+the wrongs of the land question, and two high officials, a chief justice
+and a president, to guide policy and administer law in Samoa.&nbsp;
+Their coming was expected with an impatience, with a childishness of
+trust, that can hardly be exaggerated.&nbsp; Months passed, these angel-deliverers
+still delayed to arrive, and the impatience of the natives became changed
+to an ominous irritation.&nbsp; They have had much experience of being
+deceived, and they began to think they were deceived again.&nbsp; A
+sudden crop of superstitious stories buzzed about the islands.&nbsp;
+Rivers had come down red; unknown fishes had been taken on the reef
+and found to be marked with menacing runes; a headless lizard crawled
+among chiefs in council; the gods of Upolu and Savaii made war by night,
+they swam the straits to battle, and, defaced by dreadful wounds, they
+had besieged the house of a medical missionary.&nbsp; Readers will remember
+the portents in medi&aelig;val chronicles, or those in <i>Julius C&aelig;sar</i>
+when</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Fierce fiery warriors fought upon the clouds<br />
+In ranks and squadrons.&rdquo;</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>And doubtless such fabrications are, in simple societies, a natural
+expression of discontent; and those who forge, and even those who spread
+them, work towards a conscious purpose.</p>
+<p>Early in January 1891 this period of expectancy was brought to an
+end by the arrival of Conrad Cedarcrantz, chief justice of Samoa.&nbsp;
+The event was hailed with acclamation, and there was much about the
+new official to increase the hopes already entertained.&nbsp; He was
+seen to be a man of culture and ability; in public, of an excellent
+presence&mdash;in private, of a most engaging cordiality.&nbsp; But
+there was one point, I scarce know whether to say of his character or
+policy, which immediately and disastrously affected public feeling in
+the islands.&nbsp; He had an aversion, part judicial, part perhaps constitutional,
+to haste; and he announced that, until he should have well satisfied
+his own mind, he should do nothing; that he would rather delay all than
+do aught amiss.&nbsp; It was impossible to hear this without academical
+approval; impossible to hear it without practical alarm.&nbsp; The natives
+desired to see activity; they desired to see many fair speeches taken
+on a body of deeds and works of benefit.&nbsp; Fired by the event of
+the war, filled with impossible hopes, they might have welcomed in that
+hour a ruler of the stamp of Brandeis, breathing hurry, perhaps dealing
+blows.&nbsp; And the chief justice, unconscious of the fleeting opportunity,
+ripened his opinions deliberately in Mulinuu; and had been already the
+better part of half a year in the islands before he went through the
+form of opening his court.&nbsp; The curtain had risen; there was no
+play.&nbsp; A reaction, a chill sense of disappointment, passed about
+the island; and intrigue, one moment suspended, was resumed.</p>
+<p>In the Berlin Act, the three Powers recognise, on the threshold,
+&ldquo;the independence of the Samoan government, and the free right
+of the natives to elect their chief or king and choose their form of
+government.&rdquo;&nbsp; True, the text continues that, &ldquo;in view
+of the difficulties that surround an election in the present disordered
+condition of the government,&rdquo; Malietoa Laupepa shall be recognised
+as king, &ldquo;unless the three Powers shall by common accord otherwise
+declare.&rdquo;&nbsp; But perhaps few natives have followed it so far,
+and even those who have, were possibly all cast abroad again by the
+next clause: &ldquo;and his successor shall be duly elected according
+to the laws and customs of Samoa.&rdquo;&nbsp; The right to elect, freely
+given in one sentence, was suspended in the next, and a line or so further
+on appeared to be reconveyed by a side-wind.&nbsp; The reason offered
+for suspension was ludicrously false; in May 1889, when Sir Edward Malet
+moved the matter in the conference, the election of Mataafa was not
+only certain to have been peaceful, it could not have been opposed;
+and behind the English puppet it was easy to suspect the hand of Germany.&nbsp;
+No one is more swift to smell trickery than a Samoan; and the thought,
+that, under the long, bland, benevolent sentences of the Berlin Act,
+some trickery lay lurking, filled him with the breath of opposition.&nbsp;
+Laupepa seems never to have been a popular king.&nbsp; Mataafa, on the
+other hand, holds an unrivalled position in the eyes of his fellow-countrymen;
+he was the hero of the war, he had lain with them in the bush, he had
+borne the heat and burthen of the day; they began to claim that he should
+enjoy more largely the fruits of victory; his exclusion was believed
+to be a stroke of German vengeance, his elevation to the kingship was
+looked for as the fitting crown and copestone of the Samoan triumph;
+and but a little after the coming of the chief justice, an ominous cry
+for Mataafa began to arise in the islands.&nbsp; It is difficult to
+see what that official could have done but what he did.&nbsp; He was
+loyal, as in duty bound, to the treaty and to Laupepa; and when the
+orators of the important and unruly islet of Manono demanded to his
+face a change of kings, he had no choice but to refuse them, and (his
+reproof being unheeded) to suspend the meeting.&nbsp; Whether by any
+neglect of his own or the mere force of circumstance, he failed, however,
+to secure the sympathy, failed even to gain the confidence, of Mataafa.&nbsp;
+The latter is not without a sense of his own abilities or of the great
+service he has rendered to his native land.&nbsp; He felt himself neglected;
+at the very moment when the cry for his elevation rang throughout the
+group he thought himself made little of on Mulinuu; and he began to
+weary of his part.&nbsp; In this humour, he was exposed to a temptation
+which I must try to explain, as best I may be able, to Europeans.</p>
+<p>The bestowal of the great name, Malietoa, is in the power of the
+district of Malie, some seven miles to the westward of Apia.&nbsp; The
+most noisy and conspicuous supporters of that party are the inhabitants
+of Manono.&nbsp; Hence in the elaborate, allusive oratory of Samoa,
+Malie is always referred to by the name of <i>Pule</i> (authority) as
+having the power of the name, and Manono by that of <i>Ainga</i> (clan,
+sept, or household) as forming the immediate family of the chief.&nbsp;
+But these, though so important, are only small communities; and perhaps
+the chief numerical force of the Malietoas inhabits the island of Savaii.&nbsp;
+Savaii has no royal name to bestow, all the five being in the gift of
+different districts of Upolu; but she has the weight of numbers, and
+in these latter days has acquired a certain force by the preponderance
+in her councils of a single man, the orator Lauati.&nbsp; The reader
+will now understand the peculiar significance of a deputation which
+should embrace Lauati and the orators of both Malie and Manono, how
+it would represent all that is most effective on the Malietoa side,
+and all that is most considerable in Samoan politics, except the opposite
+feudal party of the Tupua.&nbsp; And in the temptation brought to bear
+on Mataafa, even the Tupua was conjoined.&nbsp; Tamasese was dead.&nbsp;
+His followers had conceived a not unnatural aversion to all Germans,
+from which only the loyal Brandeis is excepted; and a not unnatural
+admiration for their late successful adversary.&nbsp; Men of his own
+blood and clan, men whom he had fought in the field, whom he had driven
+from Matautu, who had smitten him back time and again from before the
+rustic bulwarks of Lotoanuu, they approached him hand in hand with their
+ancestral enemies and concurred in the same prayer.&nbsp; The treaty
+(they argued) was not carried out.&nbsp; The right to elect their king
+had been granted them; or if that were denied or suspended, then the
+right to elect &ldquo;his successor.&rdquo;&nbsp; They were dissatisfied
+with Laupepa, and claimed, &ldquo;according to the laws and customs
+of Samoa,&rdquo; duly to appoint another.&nbsp; The orators of Malie
+declared with irritation that their second appointment was alone valid
+and Mataafa the sole Malietoa; the whole body of malcontents named him
+as their choice for king; and they requested him in consequence to leave
+Apia and take up his dwelling in Malie, the name-place of Malietoa;
+a step which may be described, to European ears, as placing before the
+country his candidacy for the crown.</p>
+<p>I do not know when the proposal was first made.&nbsp; Doubtless the
+disaffection grew slowly, every trifle adding to its force; doubtless
+there lingered for long a willingness to give the new government a trial.&nbsp;
+The chief justice at least had been nearly five months in the country,
+and the president, Baron Senfft von Pilsach, rather more than a month
+before the mine was sprung.&nbsp; On May 31, 1891, the house of Mataafa
+was found empty, he and his chiefs had vanished from Apia, and, what
+was worse, three prisoners, liberated from the gaol, had accompanied
+them in their secession; two being political offenders, and the third
+(accused of murder) having been perhaps set free by accident.&nbsp;
+Although the step had been discussed in certain quarters, it took all
+men by surprise.&nbsp; The inhabitants at large expected instant war.&nbsp;
+The officials awakened from a dream to recognise the value of that which
+they had lost.&nbsp; Mataafa at Vaiala, where he was the pledge of peace,
+had perhaps not always been deemed worthy of particular attention; Mataafa
+at Malie was seen, twelve hours too late, to be an altogether different
+quantity.&nbsp; With excess of zeal on the other side, the officials
+trooped to their boats and proceeded almost in a body to Malie, where
+they seem to have employed every artifice of flattery and every resource
+of eloquence upon the fugitive high chief.&nbsp; These courtesies, perhaps
+excessive in themselves, had the unpardonable fault of being offered
+when too late.&nbsp; Mataafa showed himself facile on small issues,
+inflexible on the main; he restored the prisoners, he returned with
+the consuls to Apia on a flying visit; he gave his word that peace should
+be preserved&mdash;a pledge in which perhaps no one believed at the
+moment, but which he has since nobly redeemed.&nbsp; On the rest he
+was immovable; he had cast the die, he had declared his candidacy, he
+had gone to Malie.&nbsp; Thither, after his visit to Apia, he returned
+again; there he has practically since resided.</p>
+<p>Thus was created in the islands a situation, strange in the beginning,
+and which, as its inner significance is developed, becomes daily stranger
+to observe.&nbsp; On the one hand, Mataafa sits in Malie, assumes a
+regal state, receives deputations, heads his letters &ldquo;Government
+of Samoa,&rdquo; tacitly treats the king as a co-ordinate; and yet declares
+himself, and in many ways conducts himself, as a law-abiding citizen.&nbsp;
+On the other, the white officials in Mulinuu stand contemplating the
+phenomenon with eyes of growing stupefaction; now with symptoms of collapse,
+now with accesses of violence.&nbsp; For long, even those well versed
+in island manners and the island character daily expected war, and heard
+imaginary drums beat in the forest.&nbsp; But for now close upon a year,
+and against every stress of persuasion and temptation, Mataafa has been
+the bulwark of our peace.&nbsp; Apia lay open to be seized, he had the
+power in his hand, his followers cried to be led on, his enemies marshalled
+him the same way by impotent examples; and he has never faltered.&nbsp;
+Early in the day, a white man was sent from the government of Mulinuu
+to examine and report upon his actions: I saw the spy on his return;
+&ldquo;It was only our rebel that saved us,&rdquo; he said, with a laugh.&nbsp;
+There is now no honest man in the islands but is well aware of it; none
+but knows that, if we have enjoyed during the past eleven months the
+conveniences of peace, it is due to the forbearance of &ldquo;our rebel.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Nor does this part of his conduct stand alone.&nbsp; He calls his party
+at Malie the government,&mdash;&ldquo;our government,&rdquo;&mdash;but
+he pays his taxes to the government at Mulinuu.&nbsp; He takes ground
+like a king; he has steadily and blandly refused to obey all orders
+as to his own movements or behaviour; but upon requisition he sends
+offenders to be tried under the chief justice.</p>
+<p>We have here a problem of conduct, and what seems an image of inconsistency,
+very hard at the first sight to be solved by any European.&nbsp; Plainly
+Mataafa does not act at random.&nbsp; Plainly, in the depths of his
+Samoan mind, he regards his attitude as regular and constitutional.&nbsp;
+It may be unexpected, it may be inauspicious, it may be undesirable;
+but he thinks it&mdash;and perhaps it is&mdash;in full accordance with
+those &ldquo;laws and customs of Samoa&rdquo; ignorantly invoked by
+the draughtsmen of the Berlin Act.&nbsp; The point is worth an effort
+of comprehension; a man&rsquo;s life may yet depend upon it.&nbsp; Let
+us conceive, in the first place, that there are five separate kingships
+in Samoa, though not always five different kings; and that though one
+man, by holding the five royal names, might become king in <i>all parts</i>
+of Samoa, there is perhaps no such matter as a kingship of all Samoa.&nbsp;
+He who holds one royal name would be, upon this view, as much a sovereign
+person as he who should chance to hold the other four; he would have
+less territory and fewer subjects, but the like independence and an
+equal royalty.&nbsp; Now Mataafa, even if all debatable points were
+decided against him, is still Tuiatua, and as such, on this hypothesis,
+a sovereign prince.&nbsp; In the second place, the draughtsmen of the
+Act, waxing exceeding bold, employed the word &ldquo;election,&rdquo;
+and implicitly justified all precedented steps towards the kingship
+according with the &ldquo;customs of Samoa.&rdquo;&nbsp; I am not asking
+what was intended by the gentlemen who sat and debated very benignly
+and, on the whole, wisely in Berlin; I am asking what will be understood
+by a Samoan studying their literary work, the Berlin Act; I am asking
+what is the result of taking a word out of one state of society, and
+applying it to another, of which the writers know less than nothing,
+and no European knows much.&nbsp; Several interpreters and several days
+were employed last September in the fruitless attempt to convey to the
+mind of Laupepa the sense of the word &ldquo;resignation.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+What can a Samoan gather from the words, <i>election</i>? <i>election
+of a king</i>? <i>election of a king according to the laws and customs
+of Samoa</i>?&nbsp; What are the electoral measures, what is the method
+of canvassing, likely to be employed by two, three, four, or five, more
+or less absolute princelings, eager to evince each other?&nbsp; And
+who is to distinguish such a process from the state of war?&nbsp; In
+such international&mdash;or, I should say, interparochial&mdash;differences,
+the nearest we can come towards understanding is to appreciate the cloud
+of ambiguity in which all parties grope&mdash;</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Treading the crude consistence, half on foot,<br />
+Half flying.&rdquo;</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>Now, in one part of Mataafa&rsquo;s behaviour his purpose is beyond
+mistake.&nbsp; Towards the provisions of the Berlin Act, his desire
+to be formally obedient is manifest.&nbsp; The Act imposed the tax.&nbsp;
+He has paid his taxes, although he thus contributes to the ways and
+means of his immediate rival.&nbsp; The Act decreed the supreme court,
+and he sends his partisans to be tried at Mulinuu, although he thus
+places them (as I shall have occasion to show) in a position far from
+wholly safe.&nbsp; From this literal conformity, in matters regulated,
+to the terms of the Berlin plenipotentiaries, we may plausibly infer,
+in regard to the rest, a no less exact observance of the famous and
+obscure &ldquo;laws and customs of Samoa.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>But though it may be possible to attain, in the study, to some such
+adumbration of an understanding, it were plainly unfair to expect it
+of officials in the hurry of events.&nbsp; Our two white officers have
+accordingly been no more perspicacious than was to be looked for, and
+I think they have sometimes been less wise.&nbsp; It was not wise in
+the president to proclaim Mataafa and his followers rebels and their
+estates confiscated.&nbsp; Such words are not respectable till they
+repose on force; on the lips of an angry white man, standing alone on
+a small promontory, they were both dangerous and absurd; they might
+have provoked ruin; thanks to the character of Mataafa, they only raised
+a smile and damaged the authority of government.&nbsp; And again it
+is not wise in the government of Mulinuu to have twice attempted to
+precipitate hostilities, once in Savaii, once here in the Tuamasanga.&nbsp;
+The fate of the Savaii attempt I never heard; it seems to have been
+stillborn.&nbsp; The other passed under my eyes.&nbsp; A war-party was
+armed in Apia, and despatched across the island against Mataafa villages,
+where it was to seize the women and children.&nbsp; It was absent for
+some days, engaged in feasting with those whom it went out to fight;
+and returned at last, innocuous and replete.&nbsp; In this fortunate
+though undignified ending we may read the fact that the natives on Laupepa&rsquo;s
+side are sometimes more wise than their advisers.&nbsp; Indeed, for
+our last twelve months of miraculous peace under what seem to be two
+rival kings, the credit is due first of all to Mataafa, and second to
+the half-heartedness, or the forbearance, or both, of the natives in
+the other camp.&nbsp; The voice of the two whites has ever been for
+war.&nbsp; They have published at least one incendiary proclamation;
+they have armed and sent into the field at least one Samoan war-party;
+they have continually besieged captains of war-ships to attack Malie,
+and the captains of the war-ships have religiously refused.&nbsp; Thus
+in the last twelve months our European rulers have drawn a picture of
+themselves, as bearded like the pard, full of strange oaths, and gesticulating
+like semaphores; while over against them Mataafa reposes smilingly obstinate,
+and their own retainers surround them, frowningly inert.&nbsp; Into
+the question of motive I refuse to enter; but if we come to war in these
+islands, and with no fresh occasion, it will be a manufactured war,
+and one that has been manufactured, against the grain of opinion, by
+two foreigners.</p>
+<p>For the last and worst of the mistakes on the Laupepa side it would
+be unfair to blame any but the king himself.&nbsp; Capable both of virtuous
+resolutions and of fits of apathetic obstinacy, His Majesty is usually
+the whip-top of competitive advisers; and his conduct is so unstable
+as to wear at times an appearance of treachery which would surprise
+himself if he could see it.&nbsp; Take, for example, the experience
+of Lieutenant Ulfsparre, late chief of police, and (so to speak) commander
+of the forces.&nbsp; His men were under orders for a certain hour; he
+found himself almost alone at the place of muster, and learned the king
+had sent the soldiery on errands.&nbsp; He sought an audience, explained
+that he was here to implant discipline, that (with this purpose in view)
+his men could only receive orders through himself, and if that condition
+were not agreed to and faithfully observed, he must send in his papers.&nbsp;
+The king was as usual easily persuaded, the interview passed and ended
+to the satisfaction of all parties engaged&mdash;and the bargain was
+kept for one day.&nbsp; On the day after, the troops were again dispersed
+as post-runners, and their commander resigned.&nbsp; With such a sovereign,
+I repeat, it would be unfair to blame any individual minister for any
+specific fault.&nbsp; And yet the policy of our two whites against Mataafa
+has appeared uniformly so excessive and implacable, that the blame of
+the last scandal is laid generally at their doors.&nbsp; It is yet fresh.&nbsp;
+Lauati, towards the end of last year, became deeply concerned about
+the situation; and by great personal exertions and the charms of oratory
+brought Savaii and Manono into agreement upon certain terms of compromise:
+Laupepa still to be king, Mataafa to accept a high executive office
+comparable to that of our own prime minister, and the two governments
+to coalesce.&nbsp; Intractable Manono was a party.&nbsp; Malie was said
+to view the proposal with resignation, if not relief.&nbsp; Peace was
+thought secure.&nbsp; The night before the king was to receive Lauati,
+I met one of his company,&mdash;the family chief, Iina,&mdash;and we
+shook hands over the unexpected issue of our troubles.&nbsp; What no
+one dreamed was that Laupepa would refuse.&nbsp; And he did.&nbsp; He
+refused undisputed royalty for himself and peace for these unhappy islands;
+and the two whites on Mulinuu rightly or wrongly got the blame of it.</p>
+<p>But their policy has another and a more awkward side.&nbsp; About
+the time of the secession to Malie, many ugly things were said; I will
+not repeat that which I hope and believe the speakers did not wholly
+mean; let it suffice that, if rumour carried to Mataafa the language
+I have heard used in my own house and before my own native servants,
+he would be highly justified in keeping clear of Apia and the whites.&nbsp;
+One gentleman whose opinion I respect, and am so bold as to hope I may
+in some points modify, will understand the allusion and appreciate my
+reserve.&nbsp; About the same time there occurred an incident, upon
+which I must be more particular.&nbsp; <i>A</i> was a gentleman who
+had long been an intimate of Mataafa&rsquo;s, and had recently (upon
+account, indeed, of the secession to Malie) more or less wholly broken
+off relations.&nbsp; To him came one whom I shall call <i>B</i> with
+a dastardly proposition.&nbsp; It may have been <i>B</i>&rsquo;s own,
+in which case he were the more unpardonable; but from the closeness
+of his intercourse with the chief justice, as well as from the terms
+used in the interview, men judged otherwise.&nbsp; It was proposed that
+<i>A</i> should simulate a renewal of the friendship, decoy Mataafa
+to a suitable place, and have him there arrested.&nbsp; What should
+follow in those days of violent speech was at the least disputable;
+and the proposal was of course refused.&nbsp; &ldquo;You do not understand,&rdquo;
+was the base rejoinder.&nbsp; &ldquo;<i>You</i> will have no discredit.&nbsp;
+The Germans are to take the blame of the arrest.&rdquo;&nbsp; Of course,
+upon the testimony of a gentleman so depraved, it were unfair to hang
+a dog; and both the Germans and the chief justice must be held innocent.&nbsp;
+But the chief justice has shown that he can himself be led, by his animosity
+against Mataafa, into questionable acts.&nbsp; Certain natives of Malie
+were accused of stealing pigs; the chief justice summoned them through
+Mataafa; several were sent, and along with them a written promise that,
+if others were required, these also should be forthcoming upon requisition.&nbsp;
+Such as came were duly tried and acquitted; and Mataafa&rsquo;s offer
+was communicated to the chief justice, who made a formal answer, and
+the same day (in pursuance of his constant design to have Malie attacked
+by war-ships) reported to one of the consuls that his warrant would
+not run in the country and that certain of the accused had been withheld.&nbsp;
+At least, this is not fair dealing; and the next instance I have to
+give is possibly worse.&nbsp; For one blunder the chief justice is only
+so far responsible, in that he was not present where it seems he should
+have been, when it was made.&nbsp; He had nothing to do with the silly
+proscription of the Mataafas; he has always disliked the measure; and
+it occurred to him at last that he might get rid of this dangerous absurdity
+and at the same time reap a further advantage.&nbsp; Let Mataafa leave
+Malie for any other district in Samoa; it should be construed as an
+act of submission and the confiscation and proscription instantly recalled.&nbsp;
+This was certainly well devised; the government escaped from their own
+false position, and by the same stroke lowered the prestige of their
+adversaries.&nbsp; But unhappily the chief justice did not put all his
+eggs in one basket.&nbsp; Concurrently with these negotiations he began
+again to move the captain of one of the war-ships to shell the rebel
+village; the captain, conceiving the extremity wholly unjustified, not
+only refused these instances, but more or less publicly complained of
+their being made; the matter came to the knowledge of the white resident
+who was at that time playing the part of intermediary with Malie; and
+he, in natural anger and disgust, withdrew from the negotiation.&nbsp;
+These duplicities, always deplorable when discovered, are never more
+fatal than with men imperfectly civilised.&nbsp; Almost incapable of
+truth themselves, they cherish a particular score of the same fault
+in whites.&nbsp; And Mataafa is besides an exceptional native.&nbsp;
+I would scarce dare say of any Samoan that he is truthful, though I
+seem to have encountered the phenomenon; but I must say of Mataafa that
+he seems distinctly and consistently averse to lying.</p>
+<p>For the affair of the Manono prisoners, the chief justice is only
+again in so far answerable as he was at the moment absent from the seat
+of his duties; and the blame falls on Baron Senfft von Pilsach, president
+of the municipal council.&nbsp; There were in Manono certain dissidents,
+loyal to Laupepa.&nbsp; Being Manono people, I daresay they were very
+annoying to their neighbours; the majority, as they belonged to the
+same island, were the more impatient; and one fine day fell upon and
+destroyed the houses and harvests of the dissidents &ldquo;according
+to the laws and customs of Samoa.&rdquo;&nbsp; The president went down
+to the unruly island in a war-ship and was landed alone upon the beach.&nbsp;
+To one so much a stranger to the mansuetude of Polynesians, this must
+have seemed an act of desperation; and the baron&rsquo;s gallantry met
+with a deserved success.&nbsp; The six ringleaders, acting in Mataafa&rsquo;s
+interest, had been guilty of a delict; with Mataafa&rsquo;s approval,
+they delivered themselves over to be tried.&nbsp; On Friday, September
+4, 1891, they were convicted before a native magistrate and sentenced
+to six months&rsquo; imprisonment; or, I should rather say, detention;
+for it was expressly directed that they were to be used as gentlemen
+and not as prisoners, that the door was to stand open, and that all
+their wishes should be gratified.&nbsp; This extraordinary sentence
+fell upon the accused like a thunderbolt.&nbsp; There is no need to
+suppose perfidy, where a careless interpreter suffices to explain all;
+but the six chiefs claim to have understood their coming to Apia as
+an act of submission merely formal, that they came in fact under an
+implied indemnity, and that the president stood pledged to see them
+scatheless.&nbsp; Already, on their way from the court-house, they were
+tumultuously surrounded by friends and clansmen, who pressed and cried
+upon them to escape; Lieutenant Ulfsparre must order his men to load;
+and with that the momentary effervescence died away.&nbsp; Next day,
+Saturday, 5th, the chief justice took his departure from the islands&mdash;a
+step never yet explained and (in view of the doings of the day before
+and the remonstrances of other officials) hard to justify.&nbsp; The
+president, an amiable and brave young man of singular inexperience,
+was thus left to face the growing difficulty by himself.&nbsp; The clansmen
+of the prisoners, to the number of near upon a hundred, lay in Vaiusu,
+a village half way between Apia and Malie; there they talked big, thence
+sent menacing messages; the gaol should be broken in the night, they
+said, and the six martyrs rescued.&nbsp; Allowance is to be made for
+the character of the people of Manono, turbulent fellows, boastful of
+tongue, but of late days not thought to be answerably bold in person.&nbsp;
+Yet the moment was anxious.&nbsp; The government of Mulinuu had gained
+an important moral victory by the surrender and condemnation of the
+chiefs; and it was needful the victory should be maintained.&nbsp; The
+guard upon the gaol was accordingly strengthened; a war-party was sent
+to watch the Vaiusu road under Asi; and the chiefs of the Vaimaunga
+were notified to arm and assemble their men.&nbsp; It must be supposed
+the president was doubtful of the loyalty of these assistants.&nbsp;
+He turned at least to the war-ships, where it seems he was rebuffed;
+thence he fled into the arms of the wrecker gang, where he was unhappily
+more successful.&nbsp; The government of Washington had presented to
+the Samoan king the wrecks of the <i>Trenton</i> and the <i>Vandalia</i>;
+an American syndicate had been formed to break them up; an experienced
+gang was in consequence settled in Apia and the report of submarine
+explosions had long grown familiar in the ears of residents.&nbsp; From
+these artificers the president obtained a supply of dynamite, the needful
+mechanism, and the loan of a mechanic; the gaol was mined, and the Manono
+people in Vaiusu were advertised of the fact in a letter signed by Laupepa.&nbsp;
+Partly by the indiscretion of the mechanic, who had sought to embolden
+himself (like Lady Macbeth) with liquor for his somewhat dreadful task,
+the story leaked immediately out and raised a very general, or I might
+say almost universal, reprobation.&nbsp; Some blamed the proposed deed
+because it was barbarous and a foul example to set before a race half
+barbarous itself; others because it was illegal; others again because,
+in the face of so weak an enemy, it appeared pitifully pusillanimous;
+almost all because it tended to precipitate and embitter war.&nbsp;
+In the midst of the turmoil he had raised, and under the immediate pressure
+of certain indignant white residents, the baron fell back upon a new
+expedient, certainly less barbarous, perhaps no more legal; and on Monday
+afternoon, September 7th, packed his six prisoners on board the cutter
+<i>Lancashire Lass</i>, and deported them to the neighbouring low-island
+group of the Tokelaus.&nbsp; We watched her put to sea with mingled
+feelings.&nbsp; Anything were better than dynamite, but this was not
+good.&nbsp; The men had been summoned in the name of law; they had surrendered;
+the law had uttered its voice; they were under one sentence duly delivered;
+and now the president, by no right with which we were acquainted, had
+exchanged it for another.&nbsp; It was perhaps no less fortunate, though
+it was more pardonable in a stranger, that he had increased the punishment
+to that which, in the eyes of Samoans, ranks next to death,&mdash;exile
+from their native land and friends.&nbsp; And the <i>Lancashire Lass</i>
+appeared to carry away with her into the uttermost parts of the sea
+the honour of the administration and the prestige of the supreme court.</p>
+<p>The policy of the government towards Mataafa has thus been of a piece
+throughout; always would-be violent, it has been almost always defaced
+with some appearance of perfidy or unfairness.&nbsp; The policy of Mataafa
+(though extremely bewildering to any white) appears everywhere consistent
+with itself, and the man&rsquo;s bearing has always been calm.&nbsp;
+But to represent the fulness of the contrast, it is necessary that I
+should give some description of the two capitals, or the two camps,
+and the ways and means of the regular and irregular government.</p>
+<p><i>Mulinuu</i>.&nbsp; Mulinuu, the reader may remember, is a narrow
+finger of land planted in cocoa-palms, which runs forth into the lagoon
+perhaps three quarters of a mile.&nbsp; To the east is the bay of Apia.&nbsp;
+To the west, there is, first of all, a mangrove swamp, the mangroves
+excellently green, the mud ink-black, and its face crawled upon by countless
+insects and black and scarlet crabs.&nbsp; Beyond the swamp is a wide
+and shallow bay of the lagoon, bounded to the west by Faleula Point.&nbsp;
+Faleula is the next village to Malie; so that from the top of some tall
+palm in Malie it should be possible to descry against the eastern heavens
+the palms of Mulinuu.&nbsp; The trade wind sweeps over the low peninsula
+and cleanses it from the contagion of the swamp.&nbsp; Samoans have
+a quaint phrase in their language; when out of health, they seek exposed
+places on the shore &ldquo;to eat the wind,&rdquo; say they; and there
+can be few better places for such a diet than the point of Mulinuu.</p>
+<p>Two European houses stand conspicuous on the harbour side; in Europe
+they would seem poor enough, but they are fine houses for Samoa.&nbsp;
+One is new; it was built the other day under the apologetic title of
+a Government House, to be the residence of Baron Senfft.&nbsp; The other
+is historical; it was built by Brandeis on a mortgage, and is now occupied
+by the chief justice on conditions never understood, the rumour going
+uncontradicted that he sits rent free.&nbsp; I do not say it is true,
+I say it goes uncontradicted; and there is one peculiarity of our officials
+in a nutshell,&mdash;their remarkable indifference to their own character.&nbsp;
+From the one house to the other extends a scattering village for the
+Faipule or native parliament men.&nbsp; In the days of Tamasese this
+was a brave place, both his own house and those of the Faipule good,
+and the whole excellently ordered and approached by a sanded way.&nbsp;
+It is now like a neglected bush-town, and speaks of apathy in all concerned.&nbsp;
+But the chief scandal of Mulinuu is elsewhere.&nbsp; The house of the
+president stands just to seaward of the isthmus, where the watch is
+set nightly, and armed men guard the uneasy slumbers of the government.&nbsp;
+On the landward side there stands a monument to the poor German lads
+who fell at Fangalii, just beyond which the passer-by may chance to
+observe a little house standing back-ward from the road.&nbsp; It is
+such a house as a commoner might use in a bush village; none could dream
+that it gave shelter even to a family chief; yet this is the palace
+of Malietoa-Natoaitele-Tamasoalii Laupepa, king of Samoa.&nbsp; As you
+sit in his company under this humble shelter, you shall see, between
+the posts, the new house of the president.&nbsp; His Majesty himself
+beholds it daily, and the tenor of his thoughts may be divined.&nbsp;
+The fine house of a Samoan chief is his appropriate attribute; yet,
+after seventeen months, the government (well housed themselves) have
+not yet found&mdash;have not yet sought&mdash;a roof-tree for their
+sovereign.&nbsp; And the lodging is typical.&nbsp; I take up the president&rsquo;s
+financial statement of September 8, 1891.&nbsp; I find the king&rsquo;s
+allowance to figure at seventy-five dollars a month; and I find that
+he is further (though somewhat obscurely) debited with the salaries
+of either two or three clerks.&nbsp; Take the outside figure, and the
+sum expended on or for His Majesty amounts to ninety-five dollars in
+the month.&nbsp; Lieutenant Ulfsparre and Dr. Hagberg (the chief justice&rsquo;s
+Swedish friends) drew in the same period one hundred and forty and one
+hundred dollars respectively on account of salary alone.&nbsp; And it
+should be observed that Dr. Hagberg was employed, or at least paid,
+from government funds, in the face of His Majesty&rsquo;s express and
+reiterated protest.&nbsp; In another column of the statement, one hundred
+and seventy-five dollars and seventy-five cents are debited for the
+chief justice&rsquo;s travelling expenses.&nbsp; I am of the opinion
+that if His Majesty desired (or dared) to take an outing, he would be
+asked to bear the charge from his allowance.&nbsp; But although I think
+the chief justice had done more nobly to pay for himself, I am far from
+denying that his excursions were well meant; he should indeed be praised
+for having made them; and I leave the charge out of consideration in
+the following statement.</p>
+<blockquote><p>ON THE ONE HAND</p>
+<p>Salary of Chief Justice Cedarkrantz $500<br />
+Salary of President Baron Senfft von Pilsach (about) 415<br />
+Salary of Lieutenant Ulfsparre, Chief of Police 140<br />
+Salary of Dr. Hagberg, Private Secretary to the Chief Justice 100</p>
+<p>Total monthly salary to four whites, one of them paid against His
+Majesty&rsquo;s protest $1155</p>
+<p>ON THE OTHER HAND</p>
+<p>Total monthly payments to and for His Majesty the King, including
+allowance and hire of three clerks, one of these placed under the rubric
+of extraordinary expenses $95</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>This looks strange enough and mean enough already.&nbsp; But we have
+ground of comparison in the practice of Brandeis.</p>
+<blockquote><p>Brandeis, white prime minister $200<br />
+Tamasese (about) 160<br />
+White Chief of Police 100</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>Under Brandeis, in other words, the king received the second highest
+allowance on the sheet; and it was a good second, and the third was
+a bad third.&nbsp; And it must be borne in mind that Tamasese himself
+was pointed and laughed at among natives.&nbsp; Judge, then, what is
+muttered of Laupepa, housed in his shanty before the president&rsquo;s
+doors like Lazarus before the doors of Dives; receiving not so much
+of his own taxes as the private secretary of the law officer; and (in
+actual salary) little more than half as much as his own chief of police.&nbsp;
+It is known besides that he has protested in vain against the charge
+for Dr. Hagberg; it is known that he has himself applied for an advance
+and been refused.&nbsp; Money is certainly a grave subject on Mulinuu;
+but respect costs nothing, and thrifty officials might have judged it
+wise to make up in extra politeness for what they curtailed of pomp
+or comfort.&nbsp; One instance may suffice.&nbsp; Laupepa appeared last
+summer on a public occasion; the president was there and not even the
+president rose to greet the entrance of the sovereign.&nbsp; Since about
+the same period, besides, the monarch must be described as in a state
+of sequestration.&nbsp; A white man, an Irishman, the true type of all
+that is most gallant, humorous, and reckless in his country, chose to
+visit His Majesty and give him some excellent advice (to make up his
+difference with Mataafa) couched unhappily in vivid and figurative language.&nbsp;
+The adviser now sleeps in the Pacific, but the evil that he chanced
+to do lives after him.&nbsp; His Majesty was greatly (and I must say
+justly) offended by the freedom of the expressions used; he appealed
+to his white advisers; and these, whether from want of thought or by
+design, issued an ignominious proclamation.&nbsp; Intending visitors
+to the palace must appear before their consuls and justify their business.&nbsp;
+The majesty of buried Samoa was henceforth only to be viewed (like a
+private collection) under special permit; and was thus at once cut off
+from the company and opinions of the self respecting.&nbsp; To retain
+any dignity in such an abject state would require a man of very different
+virtues from those claimed by the not unvirtuous Laupepa.&nbsp; He is
+not designed to ride the whirlwind or direct the storm, rather to be
+the ornament of private life.&nbsp; He is kind, gentle, patient as Job,
+conspicuously well-intentioned, of charming manners; and when he pleases,
+he has one accomplishment in which he now begins to be alone&mdash;I
+mean that he can pronounce correctly his own beautiful language.</p>
+<p>The government of Brandeis accomplished a good deal and was continually
+and heroically attempting more.&nbsp; The government of our two whites
+has confined itself almost wholly to paying and receiving salaries.&nbsp;
+They have built, indeed, a house for the president; they are believed
+(if that be a merit) to have bought the local newspaper with government
+funds; and their rule has been enlivened by a number of scandals, into
+which I feel with relief that it is unnecessary I should enter.&nbsp;
+Even if the three Powers do not remove these gentlemen, their absurd
+and disastrous government must perish by itself of inanition.&nbsp;
+Native taxes (except perhaps from Mataafa, true to his own private policy)
+have long been beyond hope.&nbsp; And only the other day (May 6th, 1892),
+on the expressed ground that there was no guarantee as to how the funds
+would be expended, and that the president consistently refused to allow
+the verification of his cash balances, the municipal council has negatived
+the proposal to call up further taxes from the whites.&nbsp; All is
+well that ends even ill, so that it end; and we believe that with the
+last dollar we shall see the last of the last functionary.&nbsp; Now
+when it is so nearly over, we can afford to smile at this extraordinary
+passage, though we must still sigh over the occasion lost.</p>
+<p>* * * * *</p>
+<p><i>Malie</i>.&nbsp; The way to Malie lies round the shores of Faleula
+bay and through a succession of pleasant groves and villages.&nbsp;
+The road, one of the works of Brandeis, is now cut up by pig fences.&nbsp;
+Eight times you must leap a barrier of cocoa posts; the take-off and
+the landing both in a patch of mire planted with big stones, and the
+stones sometimes reddened with the blood of horses that have gone before.&nbsp;
+To make these obstacles more annoying, you have sometimes to wait while
+a black boar clambers sedately over the so-called pig fence.&nbsp; Nothing
+can more thoroughly depict the worst side of the Samoan character than
+these useless barriers which deface their only road.&nbsp; It was one
+of the first orders issued by the government of Mulinuu after the coming
+of the chief justice, to have the passage cleared.&nbsp; It is the disgrace
+of Mataafa that the thing is not yet done.</p>
+<p>The village of Malie is the scene of prosperity and peace.&nbsp;
+In a very good account of a visit there, published in the <i>Australasian</i>,
+the writer describes it to be fortified; she must have been deceived
+by the appearance of some pig walls on the shore.&nbsp; There is no
+fortification, no parade of war.&nbsp; I understand that from one to
+five hundred fighting men are always within reach; but I have never
+seen more than five together under arms, and these were the king&rsquo;s
+guard of honour.&nbsp; A Sabbath quiet broods over the well-weeded green,
+the picketed horses, the troops of pigs, the round or oval native dwellings.&nbsp;
+Of these there are a surprising number, very fine of their sort: yet
+more are in the building; and in the midst a tall house of assembly,
+by far the greatest Samoan structure now in these islands, stands about
+half finished and already makes a figure in the landscape.&nbsp; No
+bustle is to be observed, but the work accomplished testifies to a still
+activity.</p>
+<p>The centre-piece of all is the high chief himself, Malietoa-Tuiatua-Tuiaana
+Mataafa, king&mdash;or not king&mdash;or king-claimant&mdash;of Samoa.&nbsp;
+All goes to him, all comes from him.&nbsp; Native deputations bring
+him gifts and are feasted in return.&nbsp; White travellers, to their
+indescribable irritation, are (on his approach) waved from his path
+by his armed guards.&nbsp; He summons his dancers by the note of a bugle.&nbsp;
+He sits nightly at home before a semicircle of talking-men from many
+quarters of the islands, delivering and hearing those ornate and elegant
+orations in which the Samoan heart delights.&nbsp; About himself and
+all his surroundings there breathes a striking sense of order, tranquillity,
+and native plenty.&nbsp; He is of a tall and powerful person, sixty
+years of age, white-haired and with a white moustache; his eyes bright
+and quiet; his jaw perceptibly underhung, which gives him something
+of the expression of a benevolent mastiff; his manners dignified and
+a thought insinuating, with an air of a Catholic prelate.&nbsp; He was
+never married, and a natural daughter attends upon his guests.&nbsp;
+Long since he made a vow of chastity,&mdash;&ldquo;to live as our Lord
+lived on this earth&rdquo; and Polynesians report with bated breath
+that he has kept it.&nbsp; On all such points, true to his Catholic
+training, he is inclined to be even rigid.&nbsp; Lauati, the pivot of
+Savaii, has recently repudiated his wife and taken a fairer; and when
+I was last in Malie, Mataafa (with a strange superiority to his own
+interests) had but just despatched a reprimand.&nbsp; In his immediate
+circle, in spite of the smoothness of his ways, he is said to be more
+respected than beloved; and his influence is the child rather of authority
+than popularity.&nbsp; No Samoan grandee now living need have attempted
+that which he has accomplished during the last twelve months with unimpaired
+prestige, not only to withhold his followers from war, but to send them
+to be judged in the camp of their enemies on Mulinuu.&nbsp; And it is
+a matter of debate whether such a triumph of authority were ever possible
+before.&nbsp; Speaking for myself, I have visited and dwelt in almost
+every seat of the Polynesian race, and have met but one man who gave
+me a stronger impression of character and parts.</p>
+<p>About the situation, Mataafa expresses himself with unshaken peace.&nbsp;
+To the chief justice he refers with some bitterness; to Laupepa, with
+a smile, as &ldquo;my poor brother.&rdquo;&nbsp; For himself, he stands
+upon the treaty, and expects sooner or later an election in which he
+shall be raised to the chief power.&nbsp; In the meanwhile, or for an
+alternative, he would willingly embrace a compromise with Laupepa; to
+which he would probably add one condition, that the joint government
+should remain seated at Malie, a sensible but not inconvenient distance
+from white intrigues and white officials.&nbsp; One circumstance in
+my last interview particularly pleased me.&nbsp; The king&rsquo;s chief
+scribe, Esela, is an old employ&eacute; under Tamasese, and the talk
+ran some while upon the character of Brandeis.&nbsp; Loyalty in this
+world is after all not thrown away; Brandeis was guilty, in Samoan eyes,
+of many irritating errors, but he stood true to Tamasese; in the course
+of time a sense of this virtue and of his general uprightness has obliterated
+the memory of his mistakes; and it would have done his heart good if
+he could have heard his old scribe and his old adversary join in praising
+him.&nbsp; &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; concluded Mataafa, &ldquo;I wish we had
+Planteisa back again.&rdquo;&nbsp; <i>A quelque chose malheur est bon</i>.&nbsp;
+So strong is the impression produced by the defects of Cedarcrantz and
+Baron Senfft, that I believe Mataafa far from singular in this opinion,
+and that the return of the upright Brandeis might be even welcome to
+many.</p>
+<p>I must add a last touch to the picture of Malie and the pretender&rsquo;s
+life.&nbsp; About four in the morning, the visitor in his house will
+be awakened by the note of a pipe, blown without, very softly and to
+a soothing melody.&nbsp; This is Mataafa&rsquo;s private luxury to lead
+on pleasant dreams.&nbsp; We have a bird here in Samoa that about the
+same hour of darkness sings in the bush.&nbsp; The father of Mataafa,
+while he lived, was a great friend and protector to all living creatures,
+and passed under the by-name of <i>the King of Birds</i>.&nbsp; It may
+be it was among the woodland clients of the sire that the son acquired
+his fancy for this morning music.</p>
+<p>* * * * *</p>
+<p>I have now sought to render without extenuation the impressions received:
+of dignity, plenty, and peace at Malie, of bankruptcy and distraction
+at Mulinuu.&nbsp; And I wish I might here bring to an end ungrateful
+labours.&nbsp; But I am sensible that there remain two points on which
+it would be improper to be silent.&nbsp; I should be blamed if I did
+not indicate a practical conclusion; and I should blame myself if I
+did not do a little justice to that tried company of the Land Commissioners.</p>
+<p>The Land Commission has been in many senses unfortunate.&nbsp; The
+original German member, a gentleman of the name of Eggert, fell early
+into precarious health; his work was from the first interrupted, he
+was at last (to the regret of all that knew him) invalided home; and
+his successor had but just arrived.&nbsp; In like manner, the first
+American commissioner, Henry C. Ide, a man of character and intelligence,
+was recalled (I believe by private affairs) when he was but just settling
+into the spirit of the work; and though his place was promptly filled
+by ex-Governor Ormsbee, a worthy successor, distinguished by strong
+and vivacious common sense, the break was again sensible.&nbsp; The
+English commissioner, my friend Bazett Michael Haggard, is thus the
+only one who has continued at his post since the beginning.&nbsp; And
+yet, in spite of these unusual changes, the Commission has a record
+perhaps unrivalled among international commissions.&nbsp; It has been
+unanimous practically from the first until the last; and out of some
+four hundred cases disposed of, there is but one on which the members
+were divided.&nbsp; It was the more unfortunate they should have early
+fallen in a difficulty with the chief justice.&nbsp; The original ground
+of this is supposed to be a difference of opinion as to the import of
+the Berlin Act, on which, as a layman, it would be unbecoming if I were
+to offer an opinion.&nbsp; But it must always seem as if the chief justice
+had suffered himself to be irritated beyond the bounds of discretion.&nbsp;
+It must always seem as if his original attempt to deprive the commissioners
+of the services of a secretary and the use of a safe were even senseless;
+and his step in printing and posting a proclamation denying their jurisdiction
+were equally impolitic and undignified.&nbsp; The dispute had a secondary
+result worse than itself.&nbsp; The gentleman appointed to be Natives&rsquo;
+Advocate shared the chief justice&rsquo;s opinion, was his close intimate,
+advised with him almost daily, and drifted at last into an attitude
+of opposition to his colleagues.&nbsp; He suffered himself besides (being
+a layman in law) to embrace the interest of his clients with something
+of the warmth of a partisan.&nbsp; Disagreeable scenes occurred in court;
+the advocate was more than once reproved, he was warned that his consultations
+with the judge of appeal tended to damage his own character and to lower
+the credit of the appellate court.&nbsp; Having lost some cases on which
+he set importance, it should seem that he spoke unwisely among natives.&nbsp;
+A sudden cry of colour prejudice went up; and Samoans were heard to
+assure each other that it was useless to appear before the Land Commission,
+which was sworn to support the whites.</p>
+<p>This deplorable state of affairs was brought to an end by the departure
+from Samoa of the Natives&rsquo; Advocate.&nbsp; He was succeeded <i>pro
+tempore</i> by a young New Zealander, E. W. Gurr, not much more versed
+in law than himself, and very much less so in Samoan.&nbsp; Whether
+by more skill or better fortune, Gurr has been able in the course of
+a few weeks to recover for the natives several important tracts of land;
+and the prejudice against the Commission seems to be abating as fast
+as it arose.&nbsp; I should not omit to say that, in the eagerness of
+the original advocate, there was much that was amiable; nor must I fail
+to point out how much there was of blindness.&nbsp; Fired by the ardour
+of pursuit, he seems to have regarded his immediate clients as the only
+natives extant and the epitome and emblem of the Samoan race.&nbsp;
+Thus, in the case that was the most exclaimed against as &ldquo;an injustice
+to natives,&rdquo; his client, Puaauli, was certainly nonsuited.&nbsp;
+But in that intricate affair who lost the money?&nbsp; The German firm.&nbsp;
+And who got the land?&nbsp; Other natives.&nbsp; To twist such a decision
+into evidence, either of a prejudice against Samoans or a partiality
+to whites, is to keep one eye shut and have the other bandaged.</p>
+<p>And lastly, one word as to the future.&nbsp; Laupepa and Mataafa
+stand over against each other, rivals with no third competitor.&nbsp;
+They may be said to hold the great name of Malietoa in commission; each
+has borne the style, each exercised the authority, of a Samoan king;
+one is secure of the small but compact and fervent following of the
+Catholics, the other has the sympathies of a large part of the Protestant
+majority, and upon any sign of Catholic aggression would have more.&nbsp;
+With men so nearly balanced, it may be asked whether a prolonged successful
+exercise of power be possible for either.&nbsp; In the case of the feeble
+Laupepa, it is certainly not; we have the proof before us.&nbsp; Nor
+do I think we should judge, from what we see to-day, that it would be
+possible, or would continue to be possible, even for the kingly Mataafa.&nbsp;
+It is always the easier game to be in opposition.&nbsp; The tale of
+David and Saul would infallibly be re-enacted; once more we shall have
+two kings in the land,&mdash;the latent and the patent; and the house
+of the first will become once more the resort of &ldquo;every one that
+is in distress, and every one that is in debt, and every one that is
+discontented.&rdquo;&nbsp; Against such odds it is my fear that Mataafa
+might contend in vain; it is beyond the bounds of my imagination that
+Laupepa should contend at all.&nbsp; Foreign ships and bayonets is the
+cure proposed in Mulinuu.&nbsp; And certainly, if people at home desire
+that money should be thrown away and blood shed in Samoa, an effect
+of a kind, and for the time, may be produced.&nbsp; Its nature and prospective
+durability I will ask readers of this volume to forecast for themselves.&nbsp;
+There is one way to peace and unity: that Laupepa and Mataafa should
+be again conjoined on the best terms procurable.&nbsp; There may be
+other ways, although I cannot see them; but not even malevolence, not
+even stupidity, can deny that this is one.&nbsp; It seems, indeed, so
+obvious, and sure, and easy, that men look about with amazement and
+suspicion, seeking some hidden motive why it should not be adopted.</p>
+<p>To Laupepa&rsquo;s opposition, as shown in the case of the Lauati
+scheme, no dweller in Samoa will give weight, for they know him to be
+as putty in the hands of his advisers.&nbsp; It may be right, it may
+be wrong, but we are many of us driven to the conclusion that the stumbling-block
+is Fangalii, and that the memorial of that affair shadows appropriately
+the house of a king who reigns in right of it.&nbsp; If this be all,
+it should not trouble us long.&nbsp; Germany has shown she can be generous;
+it now remains for her only to forget a natural but certainly ill-grounded
+prejudice, and allow to him, who was sole king before the plenipotentiaries
+assembled, and who would be sole king to-morrow if the Berlin Act could
+be rescinded, a fitting share of rule.&nbsp; The future of Samoa should
+lie thus in the hands of a single man, on whom the eyes of Europe are
+already fixed.&nbsp; Great concerns press on his attention; the Samoan
+group, in his view, is but as a grain of dust; and the country where
+he reigns has bled on too many august scenes of victory to remember
+for ever a blundering skirmish in the plantation of Vailele.&nbsp; It
+is to him&mdash;to the sovereign of the wise Stuebel and the loyal Brandeis,&mdash;that
+I make my appeal.</p>
+<p><i>May</i> 25, 1892.</p>
+<h2>FOOTNOTES</h2>
+<p><a name="footnote1"></a><a href="#citation1">{1}</a> Brother and
+successor of Theodor.</p>
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A FOOTNOTE TO HISTORY***</p>
+<pre>
+
+
+***** This file should be named 536-h.htm or 536-h.zip******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/5/3/536
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+</pre></body>
+</html>